You are on page 1of 283

Rolling Bearings

Rolling Bearings

CAT. No. E1102m 2013 C-11 Printed in Japan ©NSK Ltd. First edition published in MAR. 2005

2013/10/16

Page No.
Tech.
Technical Information A7 Info.

Deep Groove Ball Brgs. B4

Angular Contact Ball Brgs. B46

Self-Aligning Ball Brgs. B76

Cylindrical Roller Brgs. B84

Tapered Roller Brgs. B110

Spherical Roller Brgs. B182

Thrust
Thrust Brgs. B206 Brgs.

Needle Roller Brgs. B244

Ball Brg. Units B280

Plummer Blocks B304

Cylindrical Roller Brgs. for Sheaves B326 Sheaves

Roll-Neck Brgs. (4-Rows) Roll Neck
B334 Railway
Railway Rolling Stock Brgs.
Balls and Rollers B346
Sleeves
Accessories for Rolling Brgs. B356

NSK Products and Appendices C1 Appendices

mikaesiE.indd 1-2 11/20/13 4:48:42 PM

Rolling Bearings

CAT. No. E1102m

A001-005E.indd 1 11/20/13 4:49:05 PM

Introduction to Revised NSK Rolling Bearing Catalog
(CAT.No.E1102m)
We want to thank you for your interest in this edition of our Rolling Bearing Catalog.
It has been revised with our customers in mind, and we hope it fills your needs.

Recently, technology has been advancing at a remarkable pace, and with it has
come a host of new products in many fields including computers, office automation,
audio-visual equipment, medical equipment, and many others. Accordingly, rolling
bearings, which are highly important machine elements, must be designed to satisfy
increasingly stringent requirements for higher speeds, greater precision, higher
reliability, and other challenging demands.
We edited this Rolling Bearing Catalog to reflect the growing number of NSK
products, new developments, and technical progress. In it, you will find a wide range
of bearings that will satisfy almost any requirement.

This catalog was revised to reflect the growing number of NSK products and
certain revisions in JIS and ISO and to better serve our customers. The first part
contains general information about rolling bearings to facilitate selection of the most
appropriate type. Next supplementary technical information is provided regarding
bearing life, load ratings, limiting speeds, handling and mounting, lubrication, etc.
Finally, the catalog presents extensive tables containing most bearing numbers
and showing dimensions and pertinent design data listed in the order of increasing
bore size. Data in the table are given in both the international Unit System (SI) and
Engineering Unit System (Gravitational System of Units).

We hope this catalog will allow you to select the optimum bearing for your
application. However, if assistance is required, please contact NSK, and the
company’s engineers and computer programs can quickly supply the information
you need.

NSK Web site A http://www.nsk.com

A001-005E.indd 2-3 11/20/13 4:49:06 PM

CONTENTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Pages Pages Pages Pages
1 TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING 5.4 Equivalent Load ········································ A30 10.3 Preload and Rigidity ······························ A96 14.6 Maintenance and Inspection ··············· A124
BEARINGS ···················································· A 7 5.4.1 Calculation of Equivalent Loads ··········· A31 10.3.1 Position Preload and Rigidity ·········· A96 14.6.1 Detecting and Correcting
1.1 Design and Classification ························ A 7 5.4.2 Axial Load Components in Angular 10.3.2 Constant-Pressure Preload and Irregularities ································· A124
1.2 Characteristics of Rolling Bearings ········· A 7 Contact Ball Bearings and Tapered Rigidity ··········································· A97 14.6.2 Bearing Failures and
Roller Bearings ································· A31 10.4 Selection of Preloading Method and Measures ······································ A124
2 BEARING SELECTION PROCEDURE ·············· A16 5.5 Static Load Ratings and Static Equivalent Amount of Preload ································ A97
Loads ····················································· A32 10.4.1 Comparison of Preloading 15 TECHNICAL DATA ······································ A126
3 SELECTION OF BEARING TYPE ····················· A18 5.5.1 Static Load Ratings ··························· A32 Methods ·········································· A97 15.1 Axial Displacement of Bearings ··········· A128
3.1 Allowable Bearing Space ························· A18 5.5.2 Static Equivalent Loads ····················· A32 10.4.2 Amount of Preload ·························· A98 15.2 Fits ····················································· A130
3.2 Load Capacity and Bearing Types ············ A18 5.5.3 Permissible Static Load Factor ·········· A32 15.3 Radial and Axial Internal Clearances ···· A132
3.3 Permissible Speed and Bearing Types ····· A18 5.6 Maximum Permissible Axial Loads for 11 DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS ········ A100 15.4 Preload and Starting Torque ················ A134
3.4 Misalignment of Inner/Outer Rings and Cylindrical Roller Bearings ······················ A33 11.1 Accuracy and Surface Finish of Shafts 15.5 Coefficients of Dynamic Friction and
Bearing Types ········································· A18 5.7 Examples of Bearing Calculations ············· A34 and Housings ····································· A100 Other Bearing Data ····························· A136
3.5 Rigidity and Bearing Types ······················ A19 11.2 Shoulder and Fillet Dimensions ··········· A100 15.6 Brands and Properties of Lubricating
3.6 Noise and Torque of Various Bearing 6 LIMITING SPEED ··········································· A37 11.3 Bearing Seals ······································ A102 Greases ·············································· A138
Types ······················································ A19 6.1 Correction of Limiting Speed ·················· A37 11.3.1 Non-Contact Types Seals ··············· A102
3.7 Running Accuracy and Bearing Types ····· A19 6.2 Limiting Speed for Rubber Contact Seals 11.3.2 Contact Type Seals ························ A104
3.8 Mounting and Dismounting of Various for Ball Bearings ····································· A37
Bearing Types ········································· A19 12 LUBRICATION ············································ A105 BEARING TABLES
7 BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING 12.1 Purposes of Lubrication ······················ A105
4 SELECTION OF BEARING ARRANGEMENT ···· A20 NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS ···························· A38 12.2 Lubricating Methods ··························· A105 CONTENTS ···························································· B2
4.1 Fixed-End and Free-End Bearings ··········· A20 7.1 Boundary Dimensions and Dimensions of 12.2.1 Grease Lubrication ························ A105
4.2 Examples of Bearing Arrangements ········ A21 Snap Ring Grooves ································· A38 12.2.2 Oil Lubrication ······························ A107
7.1.1 Boundary Dimensions ······················· A38 12.3 Lubricants ·········································· A110
5 SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE ······················ A24 7.1.2 Dimensions of Snap Ring Grooves 12.3.1 Lubricating Grease ························ A110 INTRODUCTION OF NSK
5.1 Bearing Life ············································ A24 and Locating Snap Rings ··················· A38 12.3.2 Lubricating Oil ······························ A112 PRODUCTS-APPENDICES
5.1.1 Rolling Fatigue Life and Basic Rating 7.2 Formulation of Bearing Numbers ············ A54
Life ··················································· A24 13 BEARING MATERIALS ································ A114 CONTENTS ·························································· C 1
5.2 Basic Load Rating and Fatigue Life ········· A24 8 BEARING TOLERANCES ································· A58 13.1 Materials for Bearing Rings and Rolling Photos of NSK Products ····································· C 2
5.2.1 Basic Load Rating ····························· A24 8.1 Bearing Tolerance Standards ··················· A58 Elements ············································ A114 Appendix 1 Conversion from SI (International
5.2.2 Machinery in which Bearings are 8.2 Selection of Accuracy Classes ················· A81 13.2 Cage Materials ···································· A115 Units) System ································· C 8
Used and Projected Life ···················· A24 Appendix 2 N-kgf Conversion Table ················· C10
5.2.3 Selection of Bearing Size Based on 9 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES ··············· A82 14 BEARING HANDLING ································· A116 Appendix 3 kg-lb Conversion Table ·················· C11
Basic Load Rating ····························· A25 9.1 Fits ························································· A82 14.1 Precautions for Proper Handling of Appendix 4 °C-°F Temperature Conversion
5.2.4 Temperature Correction for Basic Load 9.1.1 Importance of Proper Fits ················· A82 Bearings ············································· A116 Table ·············································· C12
Rating ··············································· A26 9.1.2 Selection of Fit ·································· A82 14.2 Mounting ············································ A116 Appendix 5 Viscosity Conversion Table ············· C13
5.2.5 Correction of Basic Rating Life ········· A27 9.1.3 Recommended Fits ··························· A83 14.2.1 Mounting of Bearings with Appendix 6 Inch-mm Conversion Table ··········· C14
5.3 Calculation of Bearing Loads ···················· A28 9.2 Bearing Internal Clearances ···················· A88 Cylindrical Bores ··························· A116 Appendix 7 Hardness Conversion Table ············· C16
5.3.1 Load Factor ······································· A28 9.2.1 Internal Clearances and Their 14.2.2 Mounting of Bearings with Tapered Appendix 8 Physical and Mechanical Properties
5.3.2 Bearing Loads in Belt or Chain Standards ········································· A88 Bores ············································ A118 of Materials ···································· C17
Transmission Applications ················· A28 9.2.2 Selection of Bearing Internal 14.3 Operation Inspection ··························· A118 Appendix 9 Tolerances for Shaft Diameters ······· C18
5.3.3 Bearing Loads in Gear Transmission Clearances ········································ A94 14.4 Dismounting ······································· A121 Appendix 10 Tolerances for Housing Bore
Applications ······································ A29 14.4.1 Dismounting of Outer Rings ·········· A121 Diameters ······································· C20
5.3.4 Load Distribution on Bearings ············· A29 10 PRELOAD ···················································· A96 14.4.2 Dismounting of Bearings with Appendix 11 Values of Standard Tolerance Grades
5.3.5 Average of Fluctuating load ················· A29 10.1 Purpose of Preload ······························· A96 Cylindrical Bores ··························· A121 IT ·················································· C22
10.2 Preloading Methods ······························ A96 14.4.3 Dismounting of Bearings with Appendix 12 Speed Factor fn ······························· C24
10.2.1 Position Preload ······························ A96 Tapered Bores ······························· A122 Appendix 13 Fatigue Life Factor fh and Fatigue
10.2.2 Constant-Pressure Preload ·············· A96 14.5 Inspection of Bearings ························ A123 Life L-Lh ······································· C25
14.5.1 Bearing Cleaning ··························· A123 Appendix 14 Index of Inch Design Tapered Roller
14.5.2 Inspection and Evaluation of Bearings ········································· C26
Bearings ········································ A123

A4 A5

A001-005E.indd 4-5 11/20/13 4:49:06 PM

In addition.D.2. they are classified into ball bearings is simple. and they are classified into radial interchangeable.1 Design and Classification (2) With the advancement of worldwide standardization. Tapered Roller Adapter Washer Shaft Washer Cone Back Nut Face Rib Contact Tapered Bore Sleeve Ball Angle Height Effective Load Housing Washer Center Housing Washer Cone Back Bore Dia. 1.1. Circle Dia. 1. bearings or thrust bearings depending on the direction (3) Maintenance. Compared with plain bearings. The features of the (1) Their starting torque or friction is low and the most common rolling bearings are described on Pages difference between the starting torque and running A10 to A12 and in Table 1. Washer Cup Back Face Aligning Seat Face Outer Ring Washer O.indd 6-7 11/20/13 4:49:25 PM . Inscribed Roller Effective Inner Ring Load Center Raceway Side Face Outer Ring Shield Raceway Cylindrical Roller Chamfer Dimension Cross-Face Width Single-Row Deep Groove Ball Bearing Single-Row Angular Contact Ball Bearing Cylindrical Roller Bearing at s Se Bearing Width diu ing Ra lign Stand out A Aligning Seat Cone Front Face Rib Lock Center Height Bore Dia. Tapered Roller Bearing Spherical Roller Bearing Single-Direction Thrust Ball Bearing Fig.1 Nomenclature for Bearing Parts A6 A7 A007-023E. rolling bearings have Furthermore. or roller bearings. and inspection are easy of the main load. torque is small. Thrust Collar Bore Dia.TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING BEARINGS 1. Width Contact Angle Snap Ring Outer Ring Outer Ring Outer Ring Cage Front Face Outer Ring Rib Back Face Inner Ring Rivet Inner Ring Inner Ring Inner Ring Rib L-Shaped Pitch Diameter Ball Back Face Front Face Outside Dia. different types of rolling bearings have the following major advantages: their own individual advantages. depending on the type of because the structure surrounding rolling bearings rolling elements. 1. temperatures. both radial and axial loads simultaneously or The most common bearing types and nomenclature independently. and a cage. replacement. Aligning Face Cone Front Face Inner Ring Seat Cup Front Spherical Roller Outside Dia.2 Characteristics of Rolling Bearings negative clearance and achieve greater rigidity. rolling rolling bearings are internationally available and elements. and they are further segregated by (4) Many rolling bearings are capable of taking differences in their design or specific purpose.1 (Pages A14 and A15). and a general (5) Rolling bearings can be used under a wide range of classification of rolling bearings is shown in Fig. Rolling bearings generally consist of two rings.1. of bearing parts are shown in Fig. (6) Rolling bearings can be preloaded to produce a 1.

TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING BEARINGS ROLLING BEARINGS (Radial Bearings) (Thrust Bearings) Single Row Single Direction Single-Direction Thrust Ball Bearing Deep Groove Ball Bearings Thrust Ball Double Bearings Row Double Deep Groove Ball Direction Ball Bearing Magneto Bearings Bearings Angular Contact Thrust Ball Thrust Cylindrical Roller Bearing Single Bearings Row Angular Thrust Cylindrical Double Ball Roller Bearings Contact Ball Bearings Angular Contact Row Bearings Thrust Tapered Roller Bearing Ball Bearing Matched Thrust Needle Roller Bearings Roller Three. 1.Point/Four-Point Bearings Contact Ball Bearings Thrust Tapered Roller Bearings Self-Aligning Self-Aligning Ball Bearings Ball Bearing Thrust Spherical Thrust Spherical Roller Bearing Ball Bearings Roller Bearings for Bearing Units Single Automotive Clutch Row Cylindrical Release Bearings Cylindrical Roller Roller Bearing Double Bearings Automotive Water Sealed Axle Bearing Row Pump Bearings Long-Roller Bearings Needle Rolling Stock Roller Axle Bearings Needle Roller Roller Bearing Bearings Bearings Bearings for Specific Uses Crane-Sheave Single Bearings Row Cylindrical Roller Bearing for Sheaves Tapered Chain Conveyor Double Roller Row Bearings Tapered Bearings Roller Bearing Four Row Others Spherical Roller Bearings Spherical Roller Fig.indd 8-9 11/20/13 4:49:26 PM .2 Classification of Rolling Bearings Bearing A8 A9 A007-023E.

The balls have a contact advantageous for mounting. balls. but sometimes molded polyamide cages are also used. however. two such bearings are used in duplex pairs. and 40° are available. TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING BEARINGS Single-Row Single-row deep groove ball bearings are the most common type of rolling bearings. Consequently. Pressed-steel cages are commonly used. 25°.indd 10-11 11/20/13 4:49:29 PM . the cylindrical rollers are in linear contact with the raceways. A 10 A 11 A007-023E. so the rings can move axially relative to each other. The larger the contact angle. necessary to impose the load equally on each bearing. they are highly suitable for applications where high speeds and low power loss are required. back-to-back (type DB). NUP. and cage can deflect to some extent around the bearing center. Just one bearing of this type can replace a combination of face-to-face bearings are small bearings with a bore diameter of 4 to 20 mm and are mainly used for small or back-to-back angular contact bearings. Machined brass cages are generally used. Ball Bearings raceway with its center of curvature coincident with the bearing axis. less than 30°. Type DT is used when there is a strong axial load in one direction and it is The outer and inner rings of all types are separable. They have a contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings. This is often Contact is split in a radial plane. polyamide resin cages are often used. NN for same direction (type DT). Their use Double-Row Double-row angular contact ball bearings are basically two single-row angular contact ball bearings Deep Groove is very widespread. Four-Point The inner and outer rings of four-point contact ball bearings are separable because the inner ring Bearings Since the outer ring has a shoulder on only one side. Because of their low torque. Usually. the outer ring may be removed. NF for single-row bearings. which Roller Bearings high radial load capacity and are suitable for high speeds. 30°. instruments. These can be used as free-end bearings. Pressed steel or machined brass cages are generally used. the axis of the Ball Bearings the higher the axial load capacity. however. and NNU. pressed steel ones are the most common. In addition to open type bearings. Cylindrical roller bearings. have the outer ring faces together (type DF). they are formed using angular Cylindrical In bearings of this type. Pressed brass cages are generally used. NJ. Magneto The inner groove of magneto bearings is a little shallower than that of deep groove bearings. in either direction. They can take axial loads in either direction. As to cages. or both front faces in the There are different types designated NU. Also. automatically corrected. The raceway grooves on both the inner and outer rings have circular arcs of Angular Contact mounted back-to-back except that they have only one inner ring and one outer ring. In general. N. DF and DB duplex bearings are capable of taking radial loads and axial double-row bearings depending on the design or absence of side ribs. Possible combinations include face-to-face. Therefore. two bearings are used in duplex pairs. Magneto Ball Bearings angle of 35° with each ring. Four contact angles of 15°. loads in either direction. in which either the inner or outer rings has two ribs and the other ring has one. magnetos. each having Ball Bearings slightly larger radius than that of the balls. They can take axial loads from either direction. Usually. for high precision bearings with a contact angle This type of bearing often has a tapered bore for mounting using an adapter sleeve. Some cylindrical roller bearings have no ribs on either the inner or outer ring. are capable of taking some axial load in one direction. gyroscopes. In addition to radial loads. For high speed operation. Duplex Bearings A combination of two radial bearings is called a duplex pair. Double-row cylindrical roller bearings have high radial rigidity and are used primarily for precision machine tools. these bearings often have steel shields or rubber seals installed on one or both sides and are prelubricated with grease. Single-Row Individual bearings of this type are capable of taking radial loads and also axial loads in one Self-Aligning The inner ring of this type of bearing has two raceways and the outer ring has a single spherical Angular Contact direction. and the clearance between them minor angular misalignment of the shaft and housing caused by machining or mounting error is must be adjusted properly. the smaller contact angles inner ring. axial loads can be imposed Ball Bearings raceways. are preferred. etc. snap rings are sometimes used on the periphery.

surface coincides with the bearing axis. the rollers are increased in both size and number giving it an even higher load capacity. and they Thrust Ball have a rather high radial load capacity. not only heavy radial loads. medium angle. In this case. Most bearings have pressed steel cages. these bearings are self- Spherical These bearings have barrel-shaped rollers between the inner ring. As a Single-Direction Roller Bearings result. Since the center of curvature of the outer ring raceway when an axial load is applied. Spherical Thrust These bearings have a spherical raceway in the housing washer and barrel-shaped rollers obliquely Roller Bearings arranged around it. there are three rings with the middle one (center ring) Double-Direction being fixed to the shaft. The drawn-cup type has a pressed steel outer ring and the solid type has a machined outer ring. Pressed steel cages are usually used in the smaller bearings and machined cages in the larger Tapered Bearings of this type use conical rollers guided by a back-face rib on the cone. which has two raceways. Bearings There are numerous types available. Since they are separable. A 12 A 13 A007-023E. TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING BEARINGS Needle Needle roller bearings contain many slender rollers with a length 3 to 10 times their diameter. They have a very high axial load capacity and are capable of taking moderate radial loads Roller Bearings outer ring which has one spherical raceway. Pressed steel cages are generally used. and steep angle. Single-direction thrust ball bearings are composed of washer-like bearing rings with raceway grooves. Double-row and four-row tapered roller bearings are also available. Spherical roller bearings can take. they are self-aligning in a manner similar to that of self. the cone assemblies and cups can be mounted independently. but some are without cages. Some bearings have tapered bores and may be mounted directly on tapered shafts or cylindrical shafts using adapters or withdrawal sleeves. and many have no inner rings.indd 12-13 11/20/13 4:49:32 PM . it is automatically corrected so excessive force is not applied to the bearings. the proper internal clearance can be obtained by adjusting the axial distance between the cones or cups of the two opposed bearings. Roller Bearings capable of taking high radial loads and also axial loads in one direction. Since the raceway in the housing washer in spherical. the ratio of the bearing outside diameter to the inscribed circle diameter is small. These bearings are ones. They are generally mounted in pairs in a manner similar to single-row angular contact ball bearings. Pressed steel and machined brass cages are used. In double-direction thrust ball bearings. Pressed steel cages or machined brass cages are usually used. There are also cage and roller assemblies without rings. aligning ball bearings. In the HR series. The ring attached to the shaft is called the shaft washer (or inner ring) while that attached to the housing is called the housing washer(or outer ring). and the aligning. if there is deflection of the shaft or housing or misalignment of their axes. They have excellent radial load-carrying capacity and are suitable for use where there are heavy or impact loads. Depending upon the contact angle. tapered roller bearings are divided into three types called the normal angle. but also some axial loads in either direction. Therefore. Thrust Ball There are also thrust ball bearings with an aligning seat washer beneath the housing washer in Bearings order to compensate for shaft misalignment or mounting error.

A 14 A 15 A007-023E. type Self-Aligning i i i i A18 Capability Ring i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i A19 Separability A20 Fixed-End i i i i i i i i A20~ Bearing ~A21 Free-End I I I I I i i i I I A20~ Bearing ~A27 A800 Tapered Bore i i i A118 in Inner Ring A122 roller thrust bearings Two bearings are usually usually mounted in opposition. but 30 . 1 Types and Characteristics of Rolling Bearings Deep Magneto Angular Double-Row Duplex Four-Point Self. Bearings Features Radial Loads × × × × × ⎯ Load Capacity Axial Loads × × × ⎯ Combined × × × × × × × × ⎯ Loads A18 High Speeds × × A37 A19 High Accuracy A58 A81 Low Noise and A19 Torque A19 Rigidity A96 A18 Angular × × × × Blue pages of Misalignment each brg. Remarks lubrication necessary. necessary. TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING BEARINGS Table 1.indd 14-15 11/20/13 4:49:34 PM . Combination of DF and Including NNU type Including NUP type usually mounted in To be used with oil use on free-end is not use on free-end is Including NF type Contact angles of 15o. and 40 . Cylindrical Double-Row Cylindrical Cylindrical Needle Tapered Double-and Spherical Thrust Thrust Ball Double. KV types are Including needle Including N type Clearance adjustment is impossible. B31 B28 B47 B70 B47 B72 B77 B85 B110 B85 B85 ⎯ B115 B176 B183 B207 B207 B235 B224 ⎯ B228 B299 Excellent Good Fair One direction Poor × Impossible Two directions only i Applicable I Applicable. Two bearings are Clearance adjustment is Contact angle of 35o mounted in opposition. Thrust Thrust Thrust Groove Bearings Contact Angular Angular Contact Aligning Roller Cylindrical Roller Roller Roller Roller Multiple-Row Roller Ball Bearings Direction Cylindrical Tapered Spherical Bearing Ball Ball Contact Contact Ball Ball Bearings Roller Bearings Bearings Bearings Bearings Tapered Bearings Bearings with Angular Roller Roller Roller Types Bearings Bearings Ball Ball Bearings Bearings Bearings with with Thrust Roller Aligning Contact Bearings Bearings Bearings Bearings Bearings Single Rib Collars Bearings Seat Thrust Ball Page No. opposition. DT pairs is possible. 25o also available but Two bearings are KH. o B5 B5 B47 B47 B85 B115 B207 B207 Page No. but it is necessary to allow shaft contraction/elongation at fitting surfaces of bearings. o possible.

availability. mounting environments. A38 A Type of lubrication bearing types Magnitude and direction of loads deceleration A A18 A Moment load and misalignment A Vibration and shock A18 A Operating speed. When selecting bearings for Page number Determination of fitting Usually. please consult with NSK. or harsh Examination of A Fitting considering the operating conditions. The following diagram (Fig. 2.) Evaluation of A Allowable space A18. the diversity to fatigue life. internal clearance A Difference in temperature A95 arrangement. and other factors. BEARING SELECTION PROCEDURE Examination of fitting Evaluation of accuracy Page number Page number The number of applications for rolling bearings is Then the size of the bearing is chosen to satisfy the A19 A Operating conditions A82 A Running accuracy almost countless and the operating conditions and desired life requirement. in addition A Rotational stability A18. A32 ease of mounting/ dismounting A Speed -. A112 A Sound and torque A19 lubricating A Speed A37 A Required rigidity A19. A37. size. A37 Selection of special A Misalignment of inner and outer A18 material. the bearing selection procedure. Therefore. cost. In addition. A25 Examination of A Procedure for mounting and A116. A83 environments also vary greatly. A96 methods A Lubricating methods A105 A Availability and cost A Type of seals A102 A Maintenance and inspection A123 intervals Determination of bearing type and mounting Selection of lubricating arrangement method. it is necessary to study bearings good to investigate experience with similar applications carefully from many angles to select the best one from and studies relevant to any special requirements for accuracy class the thousands of types and sizes available. A External vibration and shock vacuum. A121 A Permissible static load factor A32 A Dimensions affecting A100 A Permissible axial loads (in the case of A33 mounting cylindrical roller bearings) Determination of dimensions affecting mounting and Determination of bearing size procedure for mounting/ dismounting Fig. accuracies A84. dismounting A Necessary equipment A116. A82. Page number A Rapid acceleration and etc. A100 continue to grow with the rapid advancement of There is no fixed procedure for selecting bearings.2. and type of seals Page number Page number Determination of A Expected life of machine A24. A81 A Magnitude and character. chemicals. and other factors. maximum speed A18. A Torque fluctuation A19 istics of loads of operating conditions and bearing requirements noise and vibration.indd 16-17 11/20/13 4:49:36 PM . wear. gases. rings A Speed A Misalignment of inner and A18 outer rings A Amount of preload A98 Determination of internal clearance A Operating conditions and required Examination of special performance specifications Study of cage Page number A Environmental conditions A Speed A Operating temperature A57 A Dimensions of shaft and housing A Noise A Operating temperature A Environment (seawater. it is necessary to consider grease life. a bearing type is provisionally chosen new machines.1 Flow Chart for Selection of Rolling Bearings Final specifications for bearing and surrounding parts A 16 A 17 A007-023E. lubricant. heat treatment Selection of cage type rings for dimensional stability A Fixing in axial direction and mounting and material A20 to A23 arrangement A Ease of bearing mounting and A19 Page number dismounting Examination of A Operating temperature range A106. A121 bearing size A Dynamic and static equivalent loads A30.1) shows an example of between inner and outer allowable space. A Temperature range A83 A Materials. A110. A107. It is Selection of bearing of shaft and housing technology. When doing this. your specific application. 2. ease of mounting in the machine. unusual operating conditions.

therefore.1 Allowable Bearing Space 3. having a self-aligning capability.4 Misalignment of Inner/Outer Rings and Consequently.3 Relative Permissible Speeds of Various Bearing Types A 18 A 19 A007-023E. elastic deformation occurs in the contact areas between of the bearing must be selected within such limits. 3. For high Width Series 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 precision miniature ball bearings. Assuming the common oil bath bearing is determined by the ratio of bearing load to machine design. there are ranked from higher speed to lower as shown in Fig. Remarks Oil bath lubrication With special measures to increase speed limit Fig. which means that they have a The axial load carrying capacity of a bearing is closely and mounting errors. self-aligning Bearings Bearings Normal Bearings ball bearings and spherical roller bearings (small ones) Spherical Roller Spherical Roller Bearings with tapered bores can be mounted and dismounted Bearings Thrust Ball Bearings Fig.2. This figure makes it clear that when conditions. spherical roller bearings. the inner and outer rings are negative clearance. 3. heat the rolling elements and raceways. Angular contact ball bearings and related to the radial load capacity (see Page A24) slightly misaligned. Bearing Types less by load. and Bearing Types accuracy inner ring radial runout specified cylindrical roller bearings are most suitable. not only the type of bearing. 3. type of cage.6. the bearing is often selected lubrication method. dimensional error of the shaft and housing.2 Load Capacity and Bearing Types loads. some adjacent parts is generally limited so the type and size depending. such as motors and instruments. 3. size.3. 3. 3. 0.1 shows the dimension series 3.7 Running Accuracy and Bearing Types Dimension 08 09 00 01 02 03 04 18 19 10 29 20 22 23 39 30 31 32 33 48 49 40 41 59 50 69 Series For the main spindles of machine tools that require high running accuracy or high speed applications like Deep Groove Ball Bearings I I I III superchargers. the bearing types are roughly θ the amount of elastic deformation of the inner and based on its bore size.5). The rigidity of the In most cases. Types roller bearings have a higher load capacity than ball When a large misalignment is expected. 4 or Angular Contact Ball Bearings I I II II 2 are usually used.8 Mounting and Dismounting of Various Single-Row Deep Groove Ball Bearings Ball Bearings Angular Contact Bearing Types Class 2 Angular Contact Ball Bearings Separable types of bearings like cylindrical roller Single-Row Angular Ball Bearings Contact Ball Bearings Cylindrical Roller bearings. Deep groove ball bearings are recommended 3 for applications in which low noise and torque are Diameter Series 2 01 required. the starting torque is 4 specified.indd 18-19 11/20/13 4:49:37 PM . they are more often selected than ball Because of deflection of a shaft caused by applied bearings. 3. since roller bearings are deformed of radial bearings and corresponding bearing types. The permissible misalignment tapered roller bearings are often preloaded.4 Permissible Misalignment of Spherical Roller high precision.0012 radian (4'). such as self-aligning Fig. 3. but also its type.5 Permissible Misalignment of Ball Bearing Units vary depending on the bearing type. 89 θ 3. and the specified accuracy classes Spherical Roller Bearings I II I II I II Fig. For the main spindles numerous standardized dimension series and types. angular contact ball bearings. outer rings and rolling elements. etc. high precision bearings of Class 5.1 Dimension Series of Radial Bearings For applications requiring high running accuracy. For rolling bearings.2 Relative Load Capacities of Various Bearing Types Fig. Radial load capacity Axial load capacity Relative permissible speed 1 2 3 4 5 Bearing Type Bearing Types 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 4 7 10 13 Deep Groove Ball Deep Groove Bearings Class 2 3. Also. the shaft diameter is fixed first by the dissipation. 3. deep Highest Tolerance comparison of groove ball bearings. loads.4 and 3.6 Noise and Torque of Various Bearing bearings of the same dimension series are compared. noise and torque are minimal. Fig. bearings particularly. and certain Bearings deep groove ball bearings and cylindrical roller bearing units should be selected (Figs. lubricating method. A comparison Needle Roller Bearings II I I of the inner ring radial runout for the highest running Tapered Roller Bearings I I III I II I accuracy specified for each bearing type is shown in Fig. For ball bearings. bearings Since rolling bearings are manufactured with very bearings and are superior if shock loads exist. these Tapered Roller Tapered Roller Spherical Roller types of bearings are recommended. needle roller bearings and tapered roller Cylindrical Roller Class 2 Bearings Bearings bearings are convenient for mounting and dismounting. Cylindrical Roller(1) For machines in which bearings are mounted and Bearings Needle Roller Tapered Roller Class 4 Bearings Bearings dismounted rather often for periodic inspection. in a manner that depends on the bearing design as varies depending on the bearing type and operating shown in Fig. θ are given a preload. SELECTION OF BEARING TYPES 3. them is necessary. 3. bearings 3.3 Permissible Speed and Bearing Types Permissible bearing misalignment is given at the 3. 3. 3.5 Rigidity and Bearing Types The allowable space for a rolling bearing and its The maximum speed of rolling bearings varies beginning of the dimensional tables for each bearing When loads are imposed on a rolling bearing. of machine tools. the noise level is sometimes θ specified depending on their purpose. Accuracy Class for Various Bearing Types Note(1) The bearings with ribs can take some axial loads. but usually it is a small angle less than 3. Self-Aligning Ball Bearings I I II The running accuracy of rolling bearings is specified Cylindrical Roller Bearings I I I II I II II I in various ways. When extra high rigidity is required. it is necessary to have high rigidity and the selection of the optimum bearing from among of the bearings together with the rest of the spindle.6 Relative Inner Ring Radial Runout of Highest relatively easily using sleeves. Fig.

Fig.1 Bearing Mounting Arrangements and Bearing Types Continued on next page A 20 A 21 A007-023E. When the distance between the bearings is short and the influence of the shaft elongation and contraction is fThis is a common arrangement in which Medium size electric motors. (2) Ease of bearing mounting and dismounting. but between the outer ring of the deep groove ball sometimes it is done at the bore. ⋅ Spherical Roller Bearing back) ⋅ Double-Row Angular Contact Ball Bearing D D ⋅Self-Aligning Ball Bearing BEARING D. N types) Ball Bearing ⋅ Needle Roller Bearing (NA Fixed-end Free-end (separable bearing) ⋅ Double-Row Angular type. (1) Expansion and contraction of the shaft caused by failure. Bearings other than the fixed-end one must be "free. only one can be a the inner ring and shaft. 4. ⋅ Matched Angular Contact (NU. No distinction between fixed-end and free-end Fig. etc. two opposed angular contact ball bearings even if the shaft expands or contracts. temperature variations. When these types are used.2 Example of Bearing Arrangements When considering the bearing mounting arrangement. If measures to relieve a shaft’s thermal elongation and The distinction between free-end and fixed-end 4. Moderate axial loads can also be applied. two bearings are used in opposition. For free-end bearings. 1 Representative Bearing Mounting Arrangements (4) Rigidity of the entire system including bearings and mounting and dismounting are also easier.1. housing is loose to allow axial movement of the Remarks Application Examples running shaft together with the bearing. "fixed-end" bearing that is used to fix the shaft axially.) Contact Ball Bearing ⋅ Self-Aligning Ball Bearing ⋅ Cylindrical Roller Bearing fThis is used when loads are relatively heavy. shaft elongation and contraction are fIt is necessary to provide some clearance F F relieved at the outside surface of the outer ring. negligible. locomotives ⋅ Cylindrical Roller Bearing E E (NJ. abnormal axial loads are bearings and some possible bearing mounting Some representative bearing mounting arrangements the following items must be investigated: applied to the bearings. cylindrical roller bearings are shown in Table 4. Table rollers for steel mills. NUP BEARING C(1) fFor maximum rigidity of the fixed-end bearing. a type which can carry both abnormal loads are not applied to bearings blowers radial and axial loads must be selected. shafts are supported by only two bearings. 4. shaft's thermal elongation and contraction.1. fBoth the shaft and housing must have high Fixed-end Free-end (non-separable bearing) Roller Bearing accuracy and the mounting error must be small. which can cause premature arrangements for various bearing types are shown in considering preload and rigidity of the entire assembly.E(2) ⋅ Double-Row Tapered ⋅ Angular Contact Ball Roller Bearing (KBE type) Bearing ⋅Spherical Roller Bearing fThis is also suitable when interference is Calender rolls of paper making No distinction between fixed-end and free-end ⋅ Tapered Roller Bearing necessary for both the inner and outer rings. 4. For this fixed-end bearing. machines. Fixed-end Free-end 4. by deflection of the shaft or mounting error. N types. Sometimes. or needle roller bearings with separable inner and (3) Misalignment of the inner and outer rings caused outer rings that are free to move axially (NU. ⋅ Double-Row Tapered ⋅ Matched Angular Contact Ball Bearing (back-to. When non-separable types are used as free-end (5) Capability to sustain the loads at their proper bearings.indd 20-21 11/20/13 4:49:38 PM . A C with Ribs (NH. or tapered roller bearings are used. subjecting it to radial loads.) are recommended. The axial clearance (possible axial movement) after the mounting is fIf the mounting error is small. usually the fit between the outer ring and Bearing Arrangements positions and to transmit them. etc. This is helpful when interference is necessary for both the inner and outer rings. fThis can withstand heavy loads and shock loads Traction motors for rolling and can take some axial load. contraction are insufficient. adjusted using nuts or shims. bearing and the housing bore in order to avoid (2) For each type. axles of diesel ⋅ Magneto Bearing Heavy axial loads cannot be applied. Table 4. NF types) BEARING F ⋅Deep Groove Ball Bearing ⋅Self-Aligning Ball Bearing ⋅Spherical Roller Bearing No distinction between fixed-end and free-end fThis is suitable for high speeds and heavy radial Reduction gears in diesel loads. this is suitable end" bearings that carry only radial loads to relieve the for high speeds. mounting error. shaft elongation and contraction. stock fEvery type of cylindrical roller bearing is A B BEARING A ⋅ Deep Groove Ball Bearing BEARING B ⋅ Cylindrical Roller Bearing separable. locomotives Notes: (1) In the figure. etc. and Application Examples preloading method. SELECTION OF BEARING ARRANGEMENT In general. main spindles of lathes types) ⋅Deep Groove Ball Bearing it is a back-to-back type.1 Fixed-End and Free-End Bearings such elongation is relieved by a loose fitting between Among the bearings on a shaft.

construction machines fThis is the most common arrangement. this arrangement is good when there is mounting error. Vertical arrangements Remarks Application Examples fThis is suitable when there are rather heavy Worm gear reducers axial loads in both directions. NJ + NJ mounting fNF type + NF type mounting is also possible. automotive fThe back-to-back arrangement is especially front and rear axles. Back-to-back mounting fFor moment loads. the fixed end. worm gear good when the distance between bearings is reducers short and moment loads are applied. but moderate axial loads also. small fThis is the most suitable arrangement when Speed reducers. fCylindrical roller bearing is on the free end. fSometimes a spring is used at the side of the Small electric motors.indd 22-23 11/20/13 4:49:39 PM . Back-to-back mounting fFace-to-face mounting makes mounting easier when interference is necessary for the inner ring. wheels for overhead fIt is often used for general and industrial travelling cranes applications in which heavy loads are applied. fCare must be taken so the axial clearance doesn't become too small during running. fIt can be used if interference is necessary for automotive transmissions both the inner and outer rings. back-to-back mounting is better than face-to-face mounting. steel mills. Face-to-face mounting fThe upper bearing is on the free end. fThis is used at high speeds when radial loads Grinding wheel shafts are not so heavy and axial loads are relatively heavy. small pumps there is mounting error or shaft deflection. must coincide with that of the self-aligning ball weaving machines) affection must be paid to the amount of preload bearing. In general. When there is no distinction between Remarks Application Examples fixed-end and free-end fThis arrangement is widely used since it can Pinion shafts of automotive withstand heavy loads and shock loads. 1 Representative Bearing Mounting Arrangements and Application Examples (cont'd) Bearing Arrangements When there is no distinction between Remarks Application Examples Remarks Application Examples fixed-end and free-end Fixed-end Free-end fThis can withstand heavy loads and shock Final reduction gears of loads. fIt provides good rigidity of the shaft by preloading. fDouble row angular contact bearings may be used instead of a arrangement of two angular fMatched angular contact ball bearings are on Vertical electric motors contact ball bearings. fThe spherical center of the self-aligning seat Vertical openers (spinning and fTo use this arrangement with a preload. Double suction volute pumps. SELECTION OF BEARING ARRANGEMENT Table 4. Continued on next page A 22 A 23 A007-023E. table rollers of outer ring of one bearing. fIt can sustain not only radial loads. differential gears. and clearance adjustment. speed reducers.

abrasion life.(Refer to Page A30) C : Basic load rating (N). size.. C is written C a Factor 1 3 is often expressed by the total number of operating = (0. 5. equipment bearings is defined as a central radial load of constant • Rolling mill roll • Small motors • Factory motors • Crane sheaves or rolling fatigue life. noise or abrasion life must be determined empirically.1. improper design high load ratings. grease life.2.. Since noise life and abrasion life are judged according to individual Fatigue Life Factor f h according to the bearing application. 5.. "basic rating life". . The total number of 1 3 ( ) ( ) 6 6 revolutions at this point is defined as the basic rating For radial bearings. the fatigue life of bearings used in n. it is convenient to express the fatigue life in terms of hours. (5. incorrect and uneconomical. The basic load rating is defined as the constant load Bearing life. 5.1 Bearing Life of grease-prelubricated bearings (refer to Section 12. .2.1 Basic Load Rating washing machines • Hand power tools the rolling surfaces. . or fatigue flaking of 5. 1 Fatigue Life Factor f h for Various Bearing Applications The various functions required of rolling bearings vary Lubrication.. specific values for ~3 2~4 3~5 4~7 6~ bearings are properly mounted and correctly operated.. Appendix Table 12 In determining bearing life. .. (5. Rolling fatigue applications and operating conditions. • Pinion stands • Crushers to natural deterioration.. f n.. Table 5. {kgf} Average Life flaking caused by rolling fatigue. The basic load rating of radial tant • Construction may be defined as noise life. For ball bearings L = C . inoperable due to flaking. . in which rolling fatigue P Life 60n P 60n P 10 life is treated as a statistical phenomenon. even for seemingly identical bearings. However. bearings may fail when The load ratings are listed under C r for radial bearings • Passenger cars conditions such as heat-seizure. is used in C preference to actual rolling fatigue life. In addition. Also refer to stress.Fig. 2 Basic Rating Life. depending on which one causes direction and magnitude. ( ) For roller bearings L = P 3 . . or other separators • Press flywheels machines • Air conditioning • Railway traction damage occurs. while the basic load rating of necks • Deck cranes • Machine tools • Compressors loss of bearing service. and material and receive the same heat treatment and other processing. L h.03n).2. 5. • Small motors for • Agricultural they will eventually fail to perform satisfactorily due home appliances equipment 5. C is written C r Speed fn = 50010 × 60n 3 fn = 50010 × 60n 10 life or. In general.1). This bearing life revolutions (106 rev). and speed may separate from the bearing material (Fig. . . scaly particles be considered. Table 5.10 hours completed when 10 % of the bearings become In the case of bearings that run at a constant speed.3 = (0. railway rolling stock should not be the deciding factor in the selection of • Waterworks pumps bearings.1) 106 C = () ( ) =500 f 6 Rating L h= 500 fh3 L h= 10 C 3 h 3 Consequently.. This is called fatigue life. . is the • Motors for home • Conveyors applied on bearings with stationary outer rings that the Used only occasionally heaters and air • Elevator cable period during which bearings continue to operate and inner rings can endure for a rating life of one million but reliability is impor. 5. the grease life A 24 A 25 A024-057E.4 (See Page A26). damage of the seals or the cage.Fig. . loss of running for short periods cleaners and accuracy. fracture.. {kgf} Factor Failure Probability a certain period of time.2 Failure Probability and Bearing Life (See Page C25) also be taken into account. . 5. basic rating life is often the Life automobiles and other vehicles is given in terms of (See Page C24) only factor considered. the pumps raceways of their inner and outer rings and rolling elements are subjected to repeated cyclic stress.. . if the speed is constant.1 gives obtained: life is represented by the total number of revolutions an empirical fatigue life factor derived from customary at which time the bearing surface will start flaking due operating experience for various machines. 5. ... . the relations shown in Table 5. .03n). in the broad sense of the term. deterioration of grease.. and design of the shaft Used continuously and • Electric power 5.1 Example of Flaking ( ) 3 10 10 due to fatigue is subject to many other variables. conditioners sheaves to satisfy their required functions. the rolling Rating Life Parameters Ball Bearings Roller Bearings fatigue life varies greatly even under identical operating The following relation exists between bearing load and conditions. . . As shown in Fig.. .3 (See Page A26). 10 % of them fail as a result of . . SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE 5. fatigue life factor as f h. • Escalators • Centrifugal • Mine hoists • Paper making the rings. Even if standards for different applications. bearing of the raceways and rolling elements. scoring of and C a for thrust bearings in the dimension tables.3 Selection of Bearing Size Based on Basic Load Factor and Speed Factor of the same type. . thrust bearings is defined as an axial load of constant Used intermittently for • General cargo • Transmissions • Specialized relatively long periods cranes • Vibrating screens transmissions Aside from the failure of bearings to function due magnitude in the same direction as the central axis. the basic rating life For thrust bearings. For example. . . which are Table 5.2 are This phenomenon is called "flaking". to Table 5. f h. .1 Rolling Fatigue Life and Basic Rating Life high reliability is impor. rigidity..indd 24-25 11/20/13 4:50:10 PM .2) Fatigue C Suppose a number of bearings of the same type are where L : Basic rating life (106 rev) Life f h = fn C fh = fn P Rating Life P operated individually under the same conditions. Bearings are used in a wide range of speed as n (min–1). . The strength. other factors must mileage.2. Page A107) can be estimated. Because of metal fatigue of the rolling contact surfaces on which the bearings are to be mounted should also By designating the basic rating life as L h (h).2 Basic Load Rating and Fatigue Life Infrequently used or only like vacuum to an increase in noise and vibration. for such bearings may be too large • Large motors or manufacture of the bearing surroundings..2. . the bearing life alone • Axle boxes on mounting. After P : Bearing load (equivalent load) (N).2 Machinery in which Bearings are Used and equipment motors Conditions such as these should not be interpreted Projected Life Used intermittently for • Blowers • Locomotive axle more than eight hours • Woodworking boxes as normal bearing failure since they often occur as a It is not advisable to select bearings with unnecessarily daily machines result of errors in bearing selection. applications and the design life varies with specific factor as f n. Appendix Table 13 Fig. These functions Operating Periods must be performed for a prolonged period. . or insufficient maintenance. . . stations tant • Mine draining When rolling bearings are operated under load. This is because the flaking of materials basic rating life: Basic 3 Fig. Fatigue Life 5. 5.

mounting conditions.2 100 0. .35 1000 1000 load rating. 8000 2000 0.53 0. . . In addition.44 0. However. lubricating there is a proposal to combine a 2 and a 3 into one C t = f t ⋅ C . please consult NSK to establish the applicablity of the rating fatigue life equations. . . . . (5. it is sufficient to assume that is greater or 0. . .7 1.indd 26-27 11/20/13 4:50:12 PM . if the viscosity of the lubricant 0. for radial bearings or than one. . . 5. . .75 prevent excessive dimensional changes. . the product of (a 2 × a 3) may be about two.3 Bearing Speed and Fig. 0.2. .0 steel decreases.6 2000 material improvements. . 400 400 the following equation: 0. The may become lower than the basic load The basic rating life equations (5. . . (5.5 If rolling bearings are used at high zone between rings and rolling elements greatly • When misalignment of the inner and outer rings temperature.75 a1 1.16 8000 0. Consequently. a 2. 4000 0. and not consider them independently.4 for reliabilities higher than 90%.18 15000 15000 3.62 0.75 dimensional stability heat treatment to properties. a 1. . it is possible for a 3 to be greater than one.2). rating.0 60000 4.8 3000 1. sometimes a • When the circumferential speed of the rolling 0. Depending on the elements is low.20 6000 6000 tables.3 temperature correction 1000 1. . 80 80 800 1. and in similar machines. . . . If there is no misalignment between 5.13 60000 5. . . .4) 300 300 2000 1. .8 specific operating conditions because there are still 600 600 1. {kgf} a 1 : Life adjustment factor for reliability equal to one.3 Temperature Factor f t Table 5. .5 40000 C= fh ⋅ P . .9 600 500 1. . . .1 1.11 80000 4.14 0. . .5 machine and then calculate the basic the inner and outer rings and the thickness of the C 3 40000 30000 0.4 3000 1.2 800 f t : Temperature factor If there is no misalignment and a lubricant with high 0.8 60 60 600 viscosity is used so sufficient fluid-film thickness is 50 0. the basic in the calculation of fatigue life. is used to reflect improvements in determined C/P or f h value derived from past results 1. .3) C ( ) For roller bearings L 10 = P 3 . they must be given special The life adjustment factor for special bearing appropriate for the projected use and an empirically 15 1. However.5 80000 0. .4 Temperature Adjustment for Basic extended the fatigue life. .1 300 0. the basic rating life is 0.8 1. 1.3 15 1. .9 It is difficult to determine the proper value for a 3 for 800 800 4000 2. {kgf} 1.105 appropriate for the projected life of the calculating the basic rating life are as follows: lubrication. Consequently.25 2000 0. . particularly 60000 0. .2.1 1.12 0.14 0. . 10000 8000 0. 0. . .5 Correction of Basic Rating Life The life adjustment factor for operating conditions (min–1) (min–1) (h) (h) known.4 200 200 10 1.00 0.00 0.12 20000 0. .5 fn The L 10 life is defined as the basic rating life with contact zones between the raceways and rolling 0. 5.3 1000 (N).0 30000 3. .3 0.0 load rating C by means of the following equation. . . also decreases.6 150 1. when estimating life using points. etc. . . the basic equations for a 3 is used to adjust for various factors. .15 40000 4. temperature. . (5.5 0. .5 C a for thrust bearings.08 60000 0.45 adjusted for the higher temperature using 1. To reflect such improvements 1500 1500 6000 6000 is excessive.1 40000 30000 0.6) give satisfactory results for a broad range of were calculated considering the extended life achieved bearing loads. etc. is listed in When selecting a bearing based on the basic load 1.21 A 26 A 27 A024-057E.09 0. special dimensional stability heat treatment the results of tests by NSK show that life is greatly Ball Roller Ball Roller improved when compared with earlier materials.5 C r. . SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE n fn n fn Lh fh Lh fh If the bearing load P and speed n are 5.6) • When the viscosity of the lubricant in the 15000 15000 0. and Bearings Bearings Bearings Bearings basic load ratings C r and C a listed in the bearing tables rating listed in the bearing tables.4 L 10 : Basic rating life with a reliability of 90% conditions. .1 (See Table 5.4 0. are considered quantity(a 2 × a 3).85 If large bearings are used at higher Table 5. . . The basic load rating of bearings given such NSK now uses vacuum degassed bearing steel. .6 where L na : Adjusted rating life in which reliability. the developent of 0. . bearing steel. . .0 0.0 4000 properties of the material.4 Fatigue Life Factor by improvements in materials and manufacturing detrimental plastic deformation at ball/raceway contact Speed Factor and Fatigue Life techniques. reliability higher than 90% may be required. . determine a fatigue life factor f h As described previously. . . When Pr exceeds C 0 r (Basic static load rating) Equation (5. Table 5. whichever is smaller.7 100 a 2 : Life adjustment factor for special bearing is too low.18 A bearing which satisfies this value of a statistical reliability of 90%.90 0.2 1.4 200 200 1500 1500 where C t : Basic load rating after In this case. Pa exceeds 0. .1). .17 10000 0.90 The life adjustment factor for reliability.9 Therefore.0 C should then be selected from the bearing machines in which the bearings are used.5) lubricating film in the contact zones of the bearing is sufficient. . . . the value drops to as low as 0. under normal lubricating and operating 0.90 0.0 C : Basic load rating before a 3 : Life adjustment factor for operating secured. .2. .5 20000 3.5 1. . ( ) For ball bearings L 10 = P . 10 however. .6 1. .85 300 0.4 Reliability Factor a 1 Bearing 125 150 175 200 250 Reliability (%) 90 95 96 97 98 99 Temperature oC Temperature Factor f t 1. . .9 50 0. Since the special bearing property 0.3.7 many unknowns.7 1. . . .5 • When the lubricant is contaminated by water or 3000 3000 10000 10000 Load Rating the Elasto-Hydrodynamic Theory of Lubrication proves that the thickness of the lubricating film in the contact foreign matter. . .19 20000 3.80 than 120 oC. . (5.30 8000 2. . .95 0. .33 0.3 2. However. .5 1.) properties 0.20 4000 5.5 conditions.7) 0. extra heavy loads may cause Fig.00 1.25 2.80 0. a 3 is less than one in the following cases: 20000 0. 0. which depends on the physical adjusted using the following adjustment factors: 1. .0 40 40 temperature adjustment conditions 1.7). . . . . the product (a 2 × a 3) should be assumed 150 0. .40 1. . the hardness of the bearing influences bearing life.95 (N).95 0. . factor a 2 is also influenced by the operating conditions.5). . (5. 500 1. .5 10 1. . elements is very slow. .0 400 30 30 400 0. (5.16 30000 4. . for lubrication. the basic load rating should be L na = a 1 a 2 a 3 L 10 .2 0. it is best to choose an a 1 reliability factor 20 20 1. .0 recent improvements in bearing material have greatly • When the bearing temperature is high. (5. . (5.

.3..{kgf⋅ mm} } . 5......6.. .5 to 3... first the n : Speed (min–1) Sk : Radial force on gear (N).... {kgf⋅ mm} Kc = √P k2+ S k2 = Pk sec θ .3 Bearing Loads in Gear Transmission 5..... ........ ..18) where Fm : Average fluctuating load (N)..3 Calculation of Bearing Loads 5..(5.. .... Toothed belts 1. by this factor............ 5..5 Flat belts with tension pulley 2. 5.(5.(5....5 and 5.... {kgf} n : Speed (min–1) tension must be included. {kgf} calculated...(5..( N ⋅ m m ) bearings are used....2 Bearing Loads in Belt or Chain Transmission 5..5 Average of Fluctuating Load Table 5. the power is transmitted by a belt or chain is calculated according to the type of gears used... + F n t 2 p 2 2 n p n n Rolling mills 1 1 2 2 +n t n n ..1~1.. Operating time t1 Normal operation Air blowers. . In the simplest using the following equations: transmission power of gears and belting........ it becomes necessary to correct the estimated using empirically derived data.... .. {kgf} radial load for each should be obtained......... The force acting on the pulley or sprocket wheel when The loads imposed on gears in gear transmissions vary The radial loads on bearings1 and 2 can be calculated the weight of the revolving elements themselves.3 Load Fn : Speed nn .....3 to 2......6 Radial Load When vibration from other sources accompanies gear Distribution (1) Distribution (2) operation. . 7 Values of Gear Factor f g the fluctuating load should be calculated..(5...... ....6.12) a FC2 = c K . ..(5. . .... ....... Fa : Loads applied on bearing (N). the actual load on the bearing may be Pk : Effective force transmitted by belt or chain (N).. 6 Belt Factor f b When the load applied on bearings fluctuates. Operating time t2 … … … Compressors....... case of spur gears... . (5......10) Pk = M / r ... load Kb in the case of a belt transmission... an average load which will yield the same bearing life as Operating Conditions Typical Applications fw Type of Belt fb Table 5. Fig.. These loads can be theoretically calculated.. etc. the load is calculated as follows: b produced by the operation of the machine in which the FC1 = c K ..5 to 3.. ... The values of the θ : Pressure angle fw : Load factor belt factor f b for different types of belts are shown in FC1 The values given in Table 5........17) Therefore... Operating time tn Paper making machines Then.... the effective r : Pitch circle radius of drive gear (mm) a b c b {kgf} transmitting power is multiplied by the belt factor f b.3.. Smooth operation Electric motors. the values factor f g by multiplying the theoretically calculated load Bearing1 K Bearing 2 Bearing1 FC2 Bearing 2 corresponding to f b should be 1... ...{kgf .(5.3. Pk = M / r ........... {kgf} 5.0 to 1... The values of f g should generally be those in Table 5... {kgf} p = 3 for ball bearings p = 10/3 for roller bearings A 28 A 29 A024-057E..(5.... to calculate the actual c a Frc....8) wheel (mm) (N).....0 is divided into the following steps (Fig.. . mm).. FC1 FC2 load factor fw. the belt where Fr.7) Air conditioners V belts 2...2 to 1.1 Load Factor where M : Torque acting on pulley or sprocket ⎯⎯ wheel (N ⋅ mm). ..2 Gear Finish Accuracy fg (1) When the relation between load and rotating speed free from shocks Machine tools.. .... {kgf} greater than the calculated load because of vibration and shock present during operation of the machine..... Kb = f b ⋅ Pk .. ...0 Ordinary machined gears 1.. which represents the belt tension..0~1.. ..5 Radial Load Fig.25 to 1...... 1....11) vibration and shock (which depend on how accurately the gear is finished) should be included using the gear K In the case of a chain transmission.. weight of the body to be supported by the bearings.......{kgf ⋅mm} } ........ .. mm} K : Shaft load (N).. ..13) where FC1 : Radial load applied on bearing1 Sk = Pk tan θ ..5 Precision ground gears 1.. .. Fm = 1 p 1 1 + .. 5.0 following equation: accompanied by equipment..0 Load F2 : Speed n2 ........... the actual load is obtained by multiplying the load factor by this gear factor...... .. . Cranes...3........... {kgf} H : Power transmitted (kW) When calculating the load on a pulley shaft.9) = 0 974 000H / n ......( N ⋅ m m ) M = 9 550 000H / n . In addition to the theoretical load calculated above. Crushers. Elevators.....7........... ........(5...4 Load Distribution on Bearings The loads applied on bearings generally include the Applications Applications In the simple examples shown in Figs.1 Load F1 : Speed n1 .. {kgf} The actual load may be calculated using the following When these loads are applied simultaneously. and then..... {kgf} (N ..15) FC2 : Radial load applied on bearing 2 When a radial or axial load has been mathematically where M : Torque applied to gear (N)..... . ....... Thus... Flat belts 4.0 to 5... 1. 5. 5 Values of Load Factor fw Table 5..... the equation: Kc : Combined force imposed on gear sum of the vectors may be calculated according to the r : Effective radius of pulley or sprocket load direction.5 are usually used for the Table 5.0 to 2.... H : Power transmitted(kW) Pk : Tangential force on gear (N). ....... Fr = fw ⋅ Frc Fa = fw ⋅ Fac } .5.16) M = 9 550 000H / n ... ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ √ F nn tt ++ Fn tn+t.....indd 28-29 11/20/13 4:50:13 PM ... = 0 974 000H / n . p shock and vibration Vibrating screens.. Fac : Theoretically calculated load (N)...(5. SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE 5......3.. ....... but some of them are difficult to estimate... the load using the following equations............ ...14) (N)... the average load Fm may be calculated using the Operation Construction 1...

5..23) R P2 = XFr2 + Y2 ( 0... {kgf} (N)....1 Calculation of Equivalent Loads center for each bearing is listed in the bearing tables............ 5.6 point of intersection of the shaft center line and a line where Fae + F < F be calculated as follows: Y2 r2 Y1 r1 F max representing the load applied on the rolling element by a) Where FR≥FS Fm the outer ring as shown in Fig...24) FS 0 ∑ niti (b) Fig....... the loads actually applied on bearings where P : Equivalent Load (N).28) FS : Stationary load (N).. 5....22) Fr 0.. an approximate value for the average P = Fr load F m may be calculated from the following Assume that radial loads F r1 and F r2 are applied equation: In general..9 (b) P = Fa + 1..12) respectively...4. FmH0........4 Equivalent Load 5.... P2 may be calculated as In the case of Fig..........6 0......... In order to balance this component load......... {kgf} (a) Ball Bearings and Tapered Roller Bearings P2 = Fr2 Y2 r2 } . the equivalent load may load factors are Y1.7 Incremental Load Variation Fig....(5.(5....... {kgf} where Fa i : Component load in the axial direction under actual conditions of load and rotation should Y : Axial load factor Fmax : Maximum value of fluctuating load be estimated.. 5............ In addition.(5....29) FmHFR + 0. the loads applied on bearings are The equivalent load on radial bearings may be When radial loads are applied to these types of nm = 1 1 2 ... If the axial In the case of Fig...... n t +n t2 + ....(5. and an Fmax loads..... placed the average load may be calculated as follows: loads usually fluctuate in both magnitude and direction. equivalent load.27) where Fmin : Minimum value of fluctuating load Y the same bearing life that the bearing would attain X : Radial load factor (N).... however.. a component of load is produced in the axial t1 + t2 + + tn purely radial or axial loads.. {kgf} face to face or back to back..11. such P = XFr + YFa . 5..... Y2 and the radial load factor is X....... {kgf} The equivalent radial load for radial roller bearings with (3) When the load fluctuation is similar to a sine wave α = 0° is Y : Axial load factor (Fig. 5...4......12 Loads in Opposed Duplex Arrangement Fn Fmin FR 0 n1 t1 n2 t2 nn tn 0 ∑ niti Fig.......(5. (2) When the load fluctuates almost linearly (Fig.......6 where Fa ≤0. Fr : Radial load (N)... {kgf} The values of X and Y are listed in the bearing tables.......8).. 5.55 where Fae + F ≥ F (4) When both a rotating load and a stationary load are Y2 r2 Y1 r1 applied (Fig....(5.... calculated using the following equation: direction. Such a hypothetical load is called the (N)..(5.. thrust ball bearings cannot take radial on bearings1and 2 (Fig........ In this case.. These axial loads can be 1 calculated using the following equation: FmH (Fmin + 2Fmax) ..... {kgf} The effective load center of both angular contact An approximate value for the average load Fm may ball bearings and tapered roller bearings is at the 0.........2 F .....25) bearings of the same type are used in pairs.. the loads are a combination of both..19) In some cases............ in most cases...........10 Rotating Load and Stationary Load A 30 A 31 A024-057E. 5...6 Fr ....20) cannot be used for bearing life calculations. 0 0.(5.9 (a) some radial loads.... 5.. In such cases.. bearings......... and will give Fa : Axial load (N).(5....26) follows: F FmH0. 5......6 0.9). This effective load P1 = Fr1 FS2 )} ......+ nntn .......3FR + 0.......11 Effective Load Centers Fig.. therefore.65 Fmax ...........indd 30-31 11/20/13 4:50:15 PM ... 5.... 5......10)...2 Axial Load Components in Angular Contact P1 = XFr1 + Y1 Fae + ( F ) FR : Rotating load (N).2 .... 5....(5..6 Y 1 Fr1 − Fae b) Where FR<FS F FR2 FmHFS + 0.. {kgf} 3 a hypothetical load that has a constant magnitude and passes through the center of the bearing......... SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE The average speed nm may be calculated as follows: 5....9 Sinusoidal Load Variation Bearing I Bearing 2 Bearing I Bearing 2 α α F1 Fmax Fae Fs Fr I Fr2 F ae F r2 F2 Fm Fm Fr I F (a) (b) F a a Fig.21) Fm be calculated using the following equation: then the equivalent loads P1 .2Fr ..(5.......3FS + 0....6 ∑ niti 5.......75 Fmax . Fr : Radial load (N)......8 Simple Load Fluctuation Fig... {kgf} Fa i = 0... but spherical thrust roller bearings can take external axial load Fae is applied as shown...

. {kgf} Cylindrical Roller Bearings 5.33) n : Speed (min–1) necessary for each case regarding lubrication.0001 times the rolling Conforming to the modification of the static load rating. the examination increases..... {kgf} Cylindrical roller bearings having inner and outer Loading Interval Value of f Diameter series Value of k Xo : Static radial load factor rings with ribs...{kgf} { } end faces and ribs.023 × (k⋅d)2.. please consult with NSK.... CA = 9.4 ..... = f n + 1 000 − 0....000 40 500 500 The static radial load passing through the bearing 400 4.8f n + 1 000 − 0. α = 90° is Po = Fa Grease lubrication (Empirical equation) • Radial load must be applied and the magnitude 900 (k⋅d)2 of radial load should be larger than that of axial For self-aligning ball bearings 4 600MPa CA = 9. and it is 490 (k⋅d)2 • Sufficient running-in should be done. {469kgf/mm2} .000 bearings.000 6..indd 32-33 11/20/13 4:50:16 PM .... grease or oil is shown in Fig. {kgf} and the rib face. A 32 A 33 A024-057E.. {kgf} In cases where the bearing speed is extremely slow.000 80 that produces a contact stress equal to the above maximum stress under actual conditions...000 5..000 center is taken as the static equivalent load for radial Table 5.000135 × (k⋅d)3.000 coinciding with the central axis is taken as the static Lower Limit of fs equivalent load for thrust bearings.000 d=1 4...000 10. please keep this in mind when selecting bearings..34) The permissible static equivalent load on bearings 900 (k⋅d)2 • Sufficient lubricant must exist between the roller For other ball bearings 4 200MPa varies depending on the basic static load rating and = f n + 1 500 − 0.....5... cooling.5 to 1..000 1.000 40..000 80 2..(5.0 3... and when the load exceeds a certain limit.. for cylindrical roller bearings to have The values of Xo and Yo for Equations (5...{kgf} { } The radial clearance should not be more than • element's diameter.000135 × (k⋅d)3..31) Fig..2 surface if the elastic limit is exceeded.. 5............000 30. rolling bearings may incur a local permanent of sustaining radial loads and limited axial loads (b)Static equivalent load on thrust bearings simultaneously....(5.. following the modification of the criteria Co d : Bearing bore diameter (mm) the bore diameter is more than 200mm.32) are listed in the bearing tables..000 2 100 0 3..000 50.000 400 4.. considered the heat generation between the end face of strength..8.4 .......023 × (k⋅d)2......... Consequently.. the values of permissible where Co : Basic static load rating (N).000 20.....5 . The nonelastic due to sliding friction between the end faces of rollers deformation increases in area and depth as the load where Po : Static equivalent load (N)...9 times....000 100 1. where CA : Permissible axial load (N).000 Low-noise applications 2. The basic static load rating Co the values of fs were revised.8f n + 1 500 − 0.2 Static Equivalent Loads should be greater than 4.000 100 0 The static equivalent load is a hypothetical load 2.5 Static Load Ratings and Static Equivalent where Po : Static equivalent load (N).000 6. this equation becomes less accurate.. The maximum permissible axial load is Intermittent 2 3 1 deformation of the rolling elements and permanent deformation of the rolling elements and raceway Po = Xo Fr + Fa α =/ 90° ..000 50.(5.30) Standard operating conditions 1.. is written Cor for radial bearings and Coa for thrust which the values of Co were increased.000 20.000 30...5 times or more...5. especially for bearings for necessary...(N) { } } In this most heavily stressed contact area. Oil lubrication (Empirical equation) {408kgf/mm2} that is applied to the basic static load rating. in the area of contact between the most CA 600 6. For roller bearings 4 000MPa The permissible static load factor fs is a safety factor • Superior extreme-pressure grease must be used.3 times Po etc..30) and 3 that are continuously loaded and lubricated with load which produces the following calculated contact a stable axial-load carrying capacity..33).... The generally recommended values of f s are listed in Table 5.000 40..6 Maximum Permissible Axial Loads for f : Load Factor k : Size Factor Loads Fr : Radial load (N)..000 10.... the following (5.000 4... stress at the center of the contact area between the precautions are required for the bearings and their The static equivalent load for thrust roller bearings with rolling element subjected to the maximum stress and surroundings: the raceway surface..000 5.000 10.0 50 500 50 500 equivalent load on radial bearings. speed exceeds the limiting speed by more than 50%..000 200 300 400 600 1.3 Permissible Static Load Factor load by 2.75 load..000 10. 3...000 4.. SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE 5..000 4. {kgf} 5.1 Static Load Ratings Fa : Axial load (N)... while the static axial load in the direction 200 2..000 2.. or the rib strength...0 1.. the permanent deformation of the rolling element and 490 (k⋅d)2 that of the raceway is nearly 0. . while the 60 60 1..13. {kgf} 5. 5.0) operating under a continuous load and lubricated with grease or oil.000 d=1 For spherical thrust roller bearings. rollers and the rib face) for bearings of diameter series The basic static load rating is defined as that static In addition..000 Grease Lubrication n min–1 Oil Lubrication n min–1 Po = Xo Fr + Yo Fa .5 . {kgf} kgf kgf N N static load factor fs have also changed.. 8 Values of Permissible Static Load Factor fs 300 3.5 2.... the values of fs 2 5. In such a case.000 bearing is stationary (including very slow rotation or 800 8. shock loads 200 300 400 600 1. the past values and those for roller bearings about 1.(5.. for NSK's ball bearings became about 0.5 Po = Fr ....000 40 CA 600 6... In the equations (5.000 50 oscillation)...... Operating Conditions Ball Bearings Roller Bearings (a) Static equivalent load on radial bearings 100 1.. the sum of defined by the ratio in Equation (5.. careful study is for basic static load rating by ISO.000 2.(5......(5. or In addition.0 80 800 80 800 The greater of the two values calculated from the 600 600 Bearings subjected to vibration and 60 60 following equations should be adopted as the static 1. loose ribs or thrust collars are capable When subjected to an excessive load or a strong shock Yo : Static axial load factor Continuous 1 2 0. Concerning the rib the smooth running of the bearing is impeded.8 to 1.34) and (5.13 Permissible Axial Load for Cylindrical Roller Bearings For Diameter Series 3 bearings (k=1.000 300 3. 5. please consult with NSK..... so please pay attention to this... the new Co values fs = . When Fa<Xo Fr .(N) { } } 5....5. {428kgf/mm2} also their application and operating conditions.. α : Contact angle The maximum permissible axial load (the load for the rib strength is excluded.32) limited by an abnormal temperature rise or heat seizure Short time only 3 4 1.000 50 800 8. Po : Static equivalent load (N).000 200 2...... the bearings in the bearing tables..35) • The mounting accuracy must be good.35).000 heavily stressed rolling element and bearing raceway........

can be and Fa / Fr = 1 000/2 500 = 0.67 Fr + Y2 Fa 2000N.4.45 fh = fn C r = 0. {6 380kgf} effective load centers must be located for tapered roller fn = 0.9 = 1 569N.73 0. 5. etc.26 × ≥2. C r≥490 000N.8 = 0. {2 970kgf} Fa / Fr = 8 000/45 000 = 0.18 Obtain the radial load factor X.14 Loads on Tapered Roller Bearings P = Fr = 2 500N. 64 200 Basic rating life Lh≥10 000h 10 = 500 × 3. {313kgf} Y3 in the equation and obtain the value of P. {204kgf} are applied to Among the data listed in the bearing table on Page HR30305DJ as shown in Fig. from the table above the single-row deep about 0. the dynamic equivalent load P should be calculated in accordance P = XFr + YFa = 0.4 (Page A26).9 23. the equivalent load P may be obtained as of fo Fa /C or.2 or Fig. 83. depending on the magnitude We can see in the bearing table that the value of e is {561kgf} is applied. series 231: Fig. 5.83 The fatigue life factor fh of ball bearings with a rating (Example 4) Bearing 2 (HR30206J) 43 000 {4 400} Y2 = 1. Obtain the effective load center a for bearings From the fatigue life factor fh. {51 500kgf}) life.26 beside the radial load Fr = 5 500N. single-row deep groove ball bearing 6208.444 × C r ≥3. A 34 A 35 A024-057E. the dynamic equivalent load P is Among spherical roller bearings of series 231 satisfying to the equation in Table 5. {816kgf} as shown in Fig. Select a spherical roller bearing of series 231 satisfying the following conditions: (Example 5) Because fn = 0. under these conditions.333 × 29 100 = 3.56 The result will be as shown in Fig.14.49 3 H32 000 h Bearing 1 (HR30305DJ) 38 000 {3 900} Y1 = 0.4 × 8 000 From the data in the bearing table. which P 3 000 must be considered to obtain the dynamic equivalent Speed n = 500min–1 cup back faces is 50 mm. {561kgf}. {306kgf} P 3 070 ( ) Lh = 500 fn P 3 Basic dynamic load rating Axial load factor Constant 10 Bearings This value of fh corresponds approximately to 15 800 505 000 Cr Y1 e Speed n =1 900 min–1 = 500 (0. the basic load rating can 1and 2 from the bearing table. {1 820kgf} (Page B10) = 45 000 + 2. fo Fa /C or = 14. {50 000kgf} equations: conditioners being regularly used.48 P = Fr + Y3 Fa = 45 000 + 2. then obtain the relative The fatigue life factor fh. {306kgf} Assume that tapered roller bearings HR30305DJ and Radial load Fr = 45 000N.3 and that of Y3 is about 2. {160kgf} corresponds approximately to 29 000 hours of service 83.14.16 Cr 10 Radial load Fr = 3 000N.67 × 1 000 (C r = 505 000N.72 × 3 000 = 31 380N. 5.indd 34-35 11/20/13 4:50:17 PM .67 (the value of Y is obtained by linear P 62 600 the radial load applied on bearings1 (HR30305DJ) and P 2 500 2 (HR30206J) can be obtained from the following interpolation) This value is suitable for industrial applications. air consequently.26. axial load factor Y and 5500N (Bearing Table. {102kgf} is added to the conditions of HR30305DJ 40 10 HR30206J (Example1) when Fa / Fr≤e Obtain the fatigue life factor f h of single-row deep (Example 1) groove ball bearing 6208 when it is used under P = XFr + YXa = Fr + Y3 Fa a radial load F r =2 500 N..56 × 2 500 + 1. Page B10). the speed factor fn 17 900N. P = Fr = 3 000N.60 0. an axial load component is produced.782 = 62 600N. axial load Fae =2 000N. {3 200kgf} Basic rating life Lh≥30 000h 0. the A25) or Fig. Calculate the basic rating life of each bearing when therefore.4>e be obtained as follows: calculated as follows: position of the radial load Fr and effective load centers. Page A31). substitude the value of Fr2 = 5 500 × 59. the smallest is 23126CE4 Fr1 = 5 500 × 23.8 with the following procedure. Once the bearing is determined. the following values Select a single-row deep groove ball bearing with a P 3 070 = 64 200N. {255kgf} and speed When the radial load Fr and axial load Fa are applied on when Fa / Fr>e 59.72 Axial load Fa = 8 000N. 5. SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE 5. The basic load rating C r of 6208 is 29 100N. {4 950kgf} When radial loads are applied on tapered roller Cr HR30206J are used in a back-to-back arrangement fh = fn C r = 0.333 eH0.72.8 (Example 2) C r = 29 100 = 9. 6210 should be selected as one that satisfies the The value of the fatigue life factor fh which makes 600 min–1. fh = fn C r = 0. 5.45 from Fig. 5. {6 550kgf} are obtained.9 = 3 931N. {204kgf} 83.444 × ) 3 (N) {kgf} hours for ball bearings.3(Page A26).0 × 1 000/17 900 = 0. Consequently. Lh≥30 000h is bigger than 3.2.7 Examples of Bearing Calculations (Example3) The dynamic equivalent load P of spherical roller bearings is given by: 50 Obtain C r / P or fatigue life factor fh when an axial Bearing I Bearing II load Fa=1 000N. and according Therefore.2 for bearings of follows: groove ball bearing table.333 × 29 100 = 3. bore diameter of 50 mm and outside diameter under 100 mm that satisfies the following conditions: fh = fn C r = 0. The speed is B12. X = 0. {255kgf} The basic static load rating C or of ball bearing 6208 is Therefore.26 bearings.4 (Page A26). {401kgf} = 3 070N. 5.88 Y = 1. radial load (Refer to Paragraph 5.2 × 8 000 can be obtained from the equation in Table 5. C r≥2. P = XFr + YFa = Fr + Y3 Fa Since the speed is n = 900 min–1.2 (Page To distribute the radial load Fr on bearings1and 2. above conditions.38 fatigue life longer than 10 000 hours is fh≥2.9 n =900 min–1. Since only a radial load constant e obtainable. it P = XFr + YFa this value of C r.14. and the distance between the bearings.

59 3 = 80 400h {240 000 to 400 000 kgf} 6.6 × 1 569 = 1 290N. please contact NSK. the limiting speed must be corrected 0. When bearings are operating. clearance. i. Consequently. between 3 and 5 seems appropriate. Therefore.1 and to select an oil or grease which has good high speed Fig.9 Correction Factor since Fr2 = 3 931N. cage type and material.2 approximately. {354kgf} bearings are appropriate.5 A 36 A 37 A024-057E. 10 (Refer to) and the rating fatigue life L h = 500 × 5. {323kgf} P = Fr + Y3 Fa in other respects. {160kgf} 460 160 24060 CAE4 2 310 000 235 000 0. The maximum following conditions: permissible speed may be corrected by multiplying Operating conditions Cylindrical Roller Brgs.7 Tapered Roller Brgs. with this bearing arrangement. oil mist Bearing Types Correction (Example 6) lubrication. it is necessary C/P P1 Judging from the fatigue life factor f h in Table 5. 6. Table 6.31 2. jet lubrication.6 Fr2 = 2 000 + 0.6 F = 0. then the necessary basic load Operating Conditions (Page A113) 0.(except matched bearings) 1. 0.83 speeds for oil lubrication listed in the bearing tables 0. 2. spherical roller limits. lubrication. the fatigue life factor When the bearing load P exceeds 8 % of the basic load = (245 000 + 2. {401kgf} 0.2 Grease Properties (Pages A110 and 111) 1.6 × 3 931 In this application. Load Ratio 3 164 of f h.indd 36-37 11/20/13 4:50:19 PM . 1.444 the radial load Fr. heavy loads.04 3 = 109 f h = fn Cr = 0. e.444 6. the axial load rating speed of bearings varies depending on such factors 0.5 P2 3 931 by multiplying the limiting speed found in the bearing 0 1. {25 000kgf} by the correction factor shown in Table 6.32 2. or oil-air lubrication must be used. or when the axial load Fa exceeds 20 % of f h = fn C r = 0.42 × 38 000 = 5. cage form and material.59 0.1.8 500 200 24160 CAE4 3 100 000 315 000 0.1 Correction of Limiting Speed 0. tables by the correction factor shown in Figs.8 Cr = (Fr + Y3 Fa ) × (3 to 5) the dynamic equivalent load Spherical Roller Brgs.(single row) 2 the limiting speed found in the bearing tables Radial load Fr = 245 000N. Y2 r2 (N) {kgf} load. the desired bearing. the limiting bearing tables.42 × 43 000 = 4. LIMITING SPEED Fae + 0. It is Needle Roller Brgs.5 including the design of the bearing's surroundings.24 2.1 and oil are listed in the bearing tables.73 × 3 474 the dynamic equivalent load P is Some types of lubricants are not suitable for high 0. In such a case.(except broad width) 2 Axial load Fa = 49 000N.2 standard design and subjected to normal loads. 300 420 90 23960 CAE4 1 230 000 125 000 0. When the required speed exceeds the limiting speed of and Axial Loads The bearings which satisfy this range are 23160CAE4.2>e = 0.5 2.8 C/P≥12 and Fa /Fr ≤0. Speed n = 500min–1 Spherical Roller Brgs. a value characteristics.8 The limiting speeds for bearings lubricated by grease Fr1 = 1 569N. the higher the bearing temperature due to The maximum permissible speed for contact rubber The following spherical roller bearings satisfy the friction.7 the dynamic equivalent load P1 = XFr1 + Y1Fa1 since Fa / Fr = 0.6 d D B Bearing No. = 0.2 Limiting Speed for Rubber Contact Seals Y2 1.2 Limiting Speed Correction Factor for Combined Radial are obtained. Factor Select a bearing for a speed reducer under the If all these conditions are considered. and 24160CAE4. internal Remarks For face-to-face arrangements (DF type).19 3. Values for the limiting speed are listed in the Basic dynamic Constant Factor generation of excessive heat. P2 = Fr2 = 3 931N.20<e are for conventional oil bath lubrication. lubricating method. The limiting speed is the empirically obtained sealed bearings (DDU type) is determined mainly by 0.1 and Fa /F r and the rating fatigue life Lh = 500 × 4.0 For bearing1 460 118 23060 CAE4 1 920 000 196 000 0.0 Table 12.9 speeds in the tables are applicable to bearings of Correction Factor Fa1 = 3 474N. Cr e Y3 load Fae + F is applied on bearing1but not on as bearing type and size.6 speed.1 Limiting Speed Correction Factor Variation with = 0. {5 000kgf} recommended that NSK be consulted regarding high Tapered Roller Brgs. 6.2. 6.8 Brands and Properties of Lubricating Grease (Pages A138 to A141) 0.4 × 1 569 + 0. even though they may be markedly superior = 3 164N. above size limitation (refer to Page B196) value for the maximum speed at which bearings can be Y1 r1 0. Fig.1.1 × 49 000) × (3 to 5) 0.73 {132kgf} the sliding surface speed of the inner circumference of continuously operated without failing from seizure or the seal.5 Shaft diameter: 300mm Bore of housing: Less than 500mm Angular Contact Ball Brgs.04 examples of applications (refer to Page A25). When speeds are more than 70 4 5 7 6 8 9 10 11 12 The fatigue life factor f h = fn Cr percent of the listed limiting speed. speed. forced- circulation oil lubrication. and heat dissipating method bearing 2. Fa2 = 0 rating C r can be obtained Table 15. The limiting since Fa1 / Fr1 = 2. etc.444 Cr = 3 to 5 Angular Contact Ball Brgs.. 2 speed applications. therefore. 1.0 10 = 2 350 000 to 3 900 000 N.6 rating C.5 Size limitation Deep Grooove Ball Brgs.6 deflection are expected.1 Limiting Speed Correction Factor for must be carefully studied in order to select a bearing High-Speed Applications capable of the required speed. {401kgf}. the higher the for Ball Bearings = 3 474N.5 Example of Selection of Lubricant for Bearing Deep Groove Ball Brgs For bearing 2 Assuming that Y3 = 2. The limiting 0.38 1.5 1.0 0. shocks. then the accuracy grade. 750h P Fr + Y3 Fa Table 12. SELECTION OF BEARING SIZE 6. and shaft The speed of rolling bearings is subject to certain 6. {354kgf} 500 160 23160 CAE4 2 670 000 273 000 0.

for each bore r r 1 12 number. B 90 These boundary dimensions have been internationally 91 standardized (ISO15) and adopted by JIS B 1512 92 9 (Boundary Dimensions of Rolling Bearings). 2 jD The relative cross-sectional dimensions of radial bearings (except tapered roller bearings) and thrust Fig. representative bearing types and series symbols are shown (refer to Table 7.7.indd 38-39 11/20/13 4:50:20 PM . Across the top of each bearing table (7. r1 r 74 jd jD mounting a bearing on a shaft and in a housing. bearing r1 r 73 7 width(or height) T. Bearing Series Symbols. 7.1 through 7. and 4.3 (Pages A40 to 10 A49).5.1. The dimensions 71 of snap ring grooves and locating snap ring for 72 diameter d. which surfaces of bearings are specified by ISO 464. It is bearings of diameter series 8. 7. which prescribes the bore diameter. 23 r Fig. are necessary to know all of these dimensions when shown in Table 7. and thrust 94 r r Fig.4 (Pages A50 to A53).5 Spherical Thrust Roller Bearings A 38 A 39 A024-057E. other boundary dimensions are listed for each diameter jd r 13 series and dimension series.1 Boundary Dimensions The dimensions of Snap ring grooves in the outer r r1 Height 01 2 3 4 Series The boundary dimensions of rolling bearings. They include bore themselves are specified by ISO 464.7 respectively. outside diameter D. are the dimensions the dimensions and accuracy of the locating snap rings r r1 70 that define their external geometry. r Page A55).6 Comparison of Cross Sections of Radial Bearings (except Tapered Roller Bearings) for various Dimensional Series Fig.1 Boundary Dimensions and Dimensions of 7.6 and 7. 7.1 to 7. Dimension series are shown in Figs. 2. not all of them are r 14 commercially available so more can be added in the T future. 7. 11 In these boundary dimension tables. 0.1. 7.2 Tapered Roller Bearings bearings are listed in Table 7.4 Double-Direction Thrust Ball Bearings 9 8 21 12 11 Dimension 02 83 20 00 22 19 10 38 48 49 41 58 59 50 68 69 60 03 23 24 30 32 33 40 42 04 39 Series 31 13 r 01 29 jd 08 09 82 18 28 r T r r jD Fig. A very large number r r of series are possible. Also.1 Boundary Dimensions of Radial Ball jd and Roller Bearings r r1 24 T2 r1 jd 2 B T1 r1 T2 Fig. etc. width B.3 Single-Direction Thrust Ball Bearings 22 bearings for the various series classifications are shown in Figs. tapered roller bearings. 9. 3. 7. chamfer dimension r. 93 The boundary dimensions and dimension series of B radial bearings. 7. 7. however. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS 7.2 Dimensions of Snap Ring Grooves and T Snap Ring Grooves Locating Snap Rings Diameter C Series 7.7 Comparison of Cross Sections of Thrust Bearings r1 (except Diameter Series 5) for Various r Width Series 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Dimension Series 4 r jD Diameter 3 Series 2 10 Fig.1 to r r jd jD r 7. 7.3).5.

1 8 ⎯ 03 ⎯ 04 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 /850 850 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1030 57 82 106 136 180 243 325 4 5 1120 85 118 155 200 272 365 488 6 6 6 1220 118 165 212 272 365 500 670 7.1 17 ⎯ 04 05 06 8 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.05 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 2.5 /1060 1060 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1280 71 100 128 165 218 300 400 5 6 1400 109 150 195 250 335 462 615 7.15 13 ⎯ 04 ⎯ 06 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0.5 /750 750 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 920 54 78 100 128 170 230 308 4 5 1000 80 112 145 185 250 335 450 6 6 6 1090 109 150 195 250 335 462 615 7.5 260 22 33 42 52 69 95 125 1.5 0.3 0.1 02 30 150 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 190 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.6 1.3 0.5 09.6 1.3 52 8 12 15 18 24 32 43 0.3 1 BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS 09 45 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 58 4 07 08 10 13 18 23 0.5 2.1 140 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.5 07.5 ⎯ 03.15 ⎯ 6 ⎯ 02.3 0.6 58 9 13 16 20 26 35 47 0.2 19 ⎯ 06 ⎯ 09 11 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 0.3 02 15 21 4 ⎯ 5 0.3 0.2 20 ⎯ 06 ⎯ 09 11 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.8 0.6 1.5 /1000 1000 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1220 71 100 128 165 218 300 400 5 6 1320 103 140 185 236 315 438 580 6 7.1 420 44 65 82 106 140 190 250 3 04 60 300 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 380 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1. the chamfers on side without rib and bearing bore (in case of an inner ring) or outer surface (in case of an outer ring).3 42 7 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.1 14 70 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 90 8 10 13 15 20 27 36 0.3 24 ⎯ 06 8 10 13 16 22 ⎯ 0.1 480 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.5 1950 ⎯ 243 315 412 545 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 /1500 1500 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1820 ⎯ 140 185 243 315 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.1 440 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.5 ⎯ 3.) B r (min.6 1.15 17 ⎯ 06 ⎯ 09 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 0.6 1.3 0.15 ⎯ 2.3 52 7 10 13 15 20 27 36 0. 11/20/13 4:50:21 PM .6 1 150 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.3 1 130 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.1 340 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.08 7 ⎯ 02.6 /22 22 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 34 4 07 ⎯ 10 ⎯ 16 22 0.3 0.5 /1250 1250 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1500 80 112 145 185 250 335 450 6 6 1630 122 170 218 280 375 515 690 7.1 03 48 240 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 300 19 28 36 45 60 80 109 1 2 320 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.5 2.6 1.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 55 7 10 13 15 20 27 36 0.3 1 07 35 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 47 4 07 08 10 12 16 22 0.3 42 8 12 14 16 22 30 40 0.3 22 ⎯ 06 8 10 13 16 22 ⎯ 0.1 1.3 1 140 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.1 220 19 28 36 45 60 80 109 1 2 2 240 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.2 37 4 07 08 10 12 16 22 0.5 20 100 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 125 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.1 2 2 280 31 46 60 74 100 136 180 2 02.6 1.2 ⎯ 2 0.5 02.3 30 ⎯ 07 8.5 3 1 ⎯ 1.5 200 22 33 42 52 69 95 125 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.15 15 ⎯ 05 ⎯ 07 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 40 200 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 250 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.3 0.1 2.3 00 10 15 3 ⎯ 4.1 03 52 260 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 320 19 28 36 45 60 80 109 1 2 360 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 2.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 01 12 18 4 ⎯ 5 0.1 560 44 65 82 106 140 190 250 3 4 4 620 63 90 118 150 200 272 355 5 05 88 440 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 540 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 2.1 11 ⎯ 04 ⎯ 05 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 420 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 600 50 74 95 118 160 218 290 4 4 4 650 67 94 122 157 212 280 375 5 06 92 460 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 580 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.1 18 90 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 115 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.3 0.5 7.6 1.6 80 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.3 0.05 4 ⎯ 01.1 14 ⎯ 03.6 1.1 1.5 /950 950 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1150 63 90 118 150 200 272 355 5 5 1250 95 132 175 224 300 400 545 6 7.5 ⎯ 2.5 9.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 37 7 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.1 3 750 60 85 112 140 190 258 345 5 5 5 820 82 115 150 195 258 355 462 6 06 /600 600 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 730 42 60 78 98 128 175 236 3 3 800 63 90 118 150 200 272 355 5 5 5 870 85 118 155 200 272 365 488 6 06 /630 630 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 780 48 69 88 112 150 200 272 3 4 850 71 100 128 165 218 300 400 5 6 6 920 92 128 170 212 290 388 515 6 07. NA48 NA49 NA59 NA69 Spherical Roller Brgs.5 ⎯ 01 ⎯ 01.15 ⎯ 8 ⎯ 02.6 110 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.2 26 ⎯ 05 06 07 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0.5 ⎯ 02.1 19 ⎯ 05 06 07 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 3 3.1 3 710 57 82 106 136 180 243 325 4 5 5 780 80 112 145 185 250 335 450 6 06 /560 560 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 680 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.1 210 19 28 36 45 60 80 109 1 2 2 225 24 35 45 56 75 100 136 1.3 0.5 04 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0.1 13 65 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 85 7 10 13 15 20 27 36 0.1 3 3 520 57 82 106 133 180 243 325 4 05 72 360 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 440 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.1 02.1 310 34 51 66 82 109 150 200 2 02.6 1.1 44 220 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 270 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.5 1.3 0.3 0.1 160 18 26 33 41 56 75 100 1 02 22 110 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 140 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.08 6 ⎯ 01.3 0.1 1.6 68 9 15 18 21 28 38 50 0.3 1 1 100 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.08 11 ⎯ 03 04 05 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0.5 03.1 38 190 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 240 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.1 170 19 28 36 45 60 80 109 1 02 24 120 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 150 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.6 06 30 37 4 ⎯ 5 0. (b) For thin section cylindrical roller bearings.5 9.5 2.6 1.1 2.5 /710 710 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 870 50 74 95 118 160 218 290 4 4 950 78 106 140 180 243 325 438 5 6 6 1030 103 140 185 236 315 438 580 6 07.1 460 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.3 26 ⎯ 08 10 12 16 21 29 ⎯ 0.3 72 8 12 14 16 22 30 40 0.1 02 28 140 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 175 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.2 24 ⎯ 05 06 07 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 39 7 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.5 9.3 0.15 ⎯ 12 ⎯ 04 ⎯ 06 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 75 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.5 05 06 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 /1320 1320 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1600 88 122 165 206 280 375 500 6 6 1720 128 175 230 300 400 545 710 7.5 1360 132 180 236 300 412 560 730 7.2 ⎯ 02 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0. Cylindrical Roller Brgs.2 22 ⎯ 07 9 11 14 19 25 ⎯ 0.3 0.5 19 95 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 120 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0. 68 79 160 70 Double-Row Ball Brgs.5 /800 800 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 980 57 82 106 136 180 243 325 4 5 1060 82 115 150 195 258 355 462 6 6 6 1150 112 155 200 258 345 475 630 7.5 7.05 5 ⎯ 02 ⎯ 02.3 55 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.5 7.5 /1180 1180 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1420 78 106 140 180 243 325 438 5 6 1540 115 160 206 272 355 488 650 7.3 0.05 5 ⎯ 01. the chamfers between the front face and bore (in case of an inner ring) or outer surface (in case of an outer ring).5 ⎯ 03 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 0.3 ⎯ 03 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0. 1 Boundary Dimensions of Radial Bearings (except Tapered Roller Bearings) ⎯ 1 ⎯ A 40 Units: mm Single-Row 69 60 Ball Brgs.3 28 ⎯ 07 8. (c) For angular contact ball bearings.1 32 160 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 200 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.6 1 10 50 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 65 5 07 10 12 15 20 27 0.3 68 8 12 14 16 22 30 40 0.3 0.3 0.5 1660 155 212 272 355 475 650 875 9.3 0.1 180 19 28 36 46 60 80 109 1 02 26 130 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 165 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.1 3 3 540 57 82 106 134 180 243 325 4 05 76 380 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 480 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 2.15 14 ⎯ 05 ⎯ 07 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.15 ⎯ 7 ⎯ 02.5 7.5 280 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.3 0.15 17 ⎯ 05 ⎯ 07 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0.5 /670 670 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 820 48 69 88 112 150 200 272 3 4 900 73 103 136 170 230 308 412 5 6 6 980 100 136 180 230 308 425 560 6 07.1 15 75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 95 8 10 13 15 20 27 36 0.6 ⎯ 02.5 2.5 3 0.6 0.5 1 ⎯ ⎯ 0.2 5 5 8 2 2.1 145 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.5 3 0.4 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 04 20 27 4 ⎯ 5 0.5 07.6 100 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.5 2300 ⎯ 218 290 375 500 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 12 2500 ⎯ 308 400 530 690 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 /1900 1900 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2300 ⎯ 175 230 300 400 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 2060 ⎯ 200 265 345 462 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 1.6 105 10 16 19 23 30 40 54 0.3 0.6 1.3 0.3 0.1 2 380 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 2.6 1.5 1.3 47 8 12 14 16 22 30 40 0.3 47 7 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.3 45 7 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.5 1850 ⎯ 230 300 400 530 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 /1400 1400 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1700 95 132 175 224 300 400 545 6 7.6 1 1 125 14 22 27 34 45 60 80 0.5 7.5 07.5 09.2 0.1 2.6 1.5 7.5 210 22 33 42 53 69 95 125 1.1 2 2 290 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 02.1 540 44 65 82 106 140 190 250 3 4 4 600 63 90 118 148 200 272 355 5 05 84 420 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 520 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 2.3 0.6 1.) ⎯ 0.5 /1120 1120 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1360 78 106 140 180 243 325 438 5 6 1460 109 150 195 250 335 462 615 7.6 1.) B r (min.5 7.15 3 3 6 2 2.1 360 37 56 72 92 118 160 218 2.8 ⎯ 02.1 230 19 28 36 45 60 80 109 1 2 2 260 28 42 54 67 90 122 160 1.5 9.15 4 4 7 2 2.5 7.3 0.08 7 ⎯ 02 ⎯ 03 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 520 44 65 82 106 140 190 250 3 4 4 560 57 82 106 135 180 243 325 4 05 80 400 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 500 31 46 60 75 100 136 180 2 2.5 0.5 05 06 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 1.15 ⎯ 9 ⎯ 03 ⎯ 05 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 21 105 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 130 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.1 3 670 54 78 100 128 170 230 308 4 5 5 720 71 100 128 167 218 300 400 5 06 /530 530 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 650 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.5 2.6 1 165 14 22 27 34 45 60 80 0.5 7. 239 230 240 Diameter Series 7 Diameter Series 8 Diameter Series 9 Diameter Series 0 Dimension Dimension Dimension Series Dimension Series Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Series d D 17 27 37 17~37 D 08 18 28 38 48 58 68 08 18~68 D 09 19 29 39 49 59 69 09 19~39 49~69 D 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 00 10~60 Bore Number r B (min.3 0.5 0.3 0.1 16 ⎯ 04 05 06 8 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 1 1 95 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.1 150 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.5 7.8 ⎯ 04 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 2120 ⎯ 272 355 462 615 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 /1600 1600 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1950 ⎯ 155 200 265 345 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 10 13 18 23 ⎯ 0.3 80 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.05 4 ⎯ 01.3 24 ⎯ 07 10 12 15 20 27 ⎯ 0.6 05 25 32 4 ⎯ 5 0.05 3 ⎯ 01 ⎯ 01. A 41 (d) Chamfers on inner rings of bearings with tapered bores.1 17 85 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 110 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.3 1 125 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.3 0.5 /900 900 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1090 60 85 112 140 190 258 345 5 5 1180 88 122 165 206 280 375 500 6 6 6 1280 122 170 218 280 375 515 690 7.5 2360 ⎯ 290 375 500 650 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 /1800 1800 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2180 ⎯ 165 218 290 375 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 1.1 2.6 1.6 62 9 14 17 20 27 36 48 0.3 0.indd 40-41 Brgs.5 1950 ⎯ 195 258 335 450 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 3 3.1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1.3 28 7 08 10 12 16 21 29 0. Table 7.5 07.1 36 180 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 225 14 22 27 34 45 60 80 0.2 6 6 10 2.6 1 1 110 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.3 0.1 400 44 65 82 104 140 190 250 3 04 56 280 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 350 22 33 42 52 69 95 125 1.3 85 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.6 1 1 115 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.5 2240 ⎯ 280 365 475 630 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 /1700 1700 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2060 ⎯ 160 206 272 355 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.1 3 650 54 78 100 128 170 230 308 4 5 5 700 71 100 128 165 218 300 400 5 06 /500 500 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 620 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.3 8 8 12 2.1 2.3 0.15 19 ⎯ 06 8 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0. N28 NN38 NN48 N19 N29 NN39 NN49 N10 N20 NN30 NN40 Needle Roller A024-057E.3 03 17 23 4 ⎯ 5 0.5 09.3 1 1 90 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.2 32 4 07 08 10 12 16 22 0.3 1 120 11 18 22 26 35 46 63 0.6 0.5 10 13 18 23 ⎯ 0.6 1 11 55 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 72 7 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.05 2.5 2180 ⎯ 212 280 355 475 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ Remarks The chamfer dimensions listed in this table do not necessarily apply to the following chamfers: (a) Chamfers of the grooves in outer rings that have snap ring grooves.6 90 9 13 16 19 25 34 45 0.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 2.3 62 8 12 14 16 22 30 40 0.8 ⎯ 03.2 42 4 07 08 10 12 16 22 0.1 3 3 480 50 74 95 121 160 218 290 4 04 68 340 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 420 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.3 0.08 9 ⎯ 02.1 12 60 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 78 7 10 12 14 18 24 32 0.1 250 22 33 42 52 69 95 125 1.) B r (min.3 9 9 14 3 ⎯ 4.3 35 8 10 12 14 18 24 32 0.5 1420 136 185 243 308 412 560 750 7.3 0.1 1.5 1820 ⎯ 185 243 315 425 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 07.5 2.1 13 ⎯ 03.6 1.3 1 145 13 20 24 30 40 54 71 0.5 0.1 3 620 50 74 95 118 160 218 290 4 4 4 680 71 100 128 163 218 300 400 5 06 96 480 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 600 37 56 72 90 118 160 218 2.2 0.5 1500 140 195 250 325 438 600 800 9.5 07.15 2 2 4 1.8 ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 0.3 0.3 44 8 12 14 16 22 30 40 0.1 3 3 460 50 74 95 118 160 218 290 4 04 64 320 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 400 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.08 6 ⎯ 02.6 1.3 0.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 7.3 0.3 7 7 11 2.5 1750 ⎯ 218 290 375 500 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 09.1 16 80 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 100 8 10 13 15 20 27 36 0.5 3 0.2 21 ⎯ 05 06 07 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 32 8 09 11 13 17 23 30 0.5 5 1.5 7.3 0.6 /28 28 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 40 4 07 ⎯ 10 ⎯ 16 22 0.1 190 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.1 34 170 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 215 14 22 27 34 45 60 80 0.5 300 25 38 48 60 80 109 145 1.1 130 14 22 27 34 45 60 80 0.3 1 08 40 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 52 4 07 08 10 12 16 22 0.5 02.1 180 16 24 30 37 50 67 90 1 1.6 2 0.5 2430 ⎯ 230 308 400 530 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /2000 2000 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2430 ⎯ 190 250 325 425 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 1580 145 200 265 345 462 615 825 9.3 1 /32 32 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 44 4 07 ⎯ 10 ⎯ 16 22 0.

6 35 9 11 ⎯ 17 19 0.5 /32 32 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 23 30 ⎯ ⎯ 65 11 17 ⎯ 21 25 33 0.3 0.) ⎯ 0.5 2.5 900 190 300 09.5 07.5 08 40 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 22 26 35 ⎯ ⎯ 80 13 18 ⎯ 23 30.5 1150 ⎯ 190 258 335 438 ⎯ 12 1280 258 412 15 /600 600 980 122 170 218 300 375 07.3 0.1 /22 22 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 16 19 25 ⎯ ⎯ 50 09 14 ⎯ 18 20.6 37 9 12 ⎯ 17 19 0.1 3 250 58 98 4 21 105 175 22 33 42 56 69 01.2 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 4 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 13 03 5 ⎯ ⎯ 07 ⎯ 0.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 02.2 0.5 980 ⎯ 145 200 258 355 450 ⎯ 09.8 2 3 240 55 95 4 20 100 165 21 30 39 52 65 1.1 200 48 80 3 17 85 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 31 41 56 ⎯ ⎯ 150 21 28 ⎯ 36 49.1 04 20 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 18 24 ⎯ ⎯ 47 09 14 ⎯ 18 20.6 1.2 0.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2 2 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2.6 27 0.3 0.5 120 29 50 2 10 50 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 22 26 35 ⎯ ⎯ 90 13 20 ⎯ 23 30.3 1.5 64 320 540 71 100 128 176 218 05 05 580 ⎯ 92 105 150 208 258 ⎯ 05 670 ⎯ 112 155 200 258 ⎯ 07. A 43 11/20/13 4:50:25 PM .4 1 2 130 31 53 2.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7 7 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9 11 14 ⎯ ⎯ 22 05 7 ⎯ ⎯ 11 ⎯ 0.8 90 1.2 1.5 07.1 90 16 23 ⎯ 33 36.1 160 37 64 2.9 ⎯ 0.5 950 ⎯ 155 212 280 365 ⎯ 09.15 0.7 56 1 1.1 11 55 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 24 30 40 ⎯ ⎯ 100 14 21 ⎯ 25 33.5 980 206 325 12 88 440 720 88 122 165 226 280 06 06 790 ⎯ 112 155 200 280 345 ⎯ 07.5 1150 ⎯ 165 230 300 412 515 ⎯ 12 1280 ⎯ 206 280 375 488 ⎯ 15 1420 280 450 15 /670 670 1090 136 185 243 336 412 07.3 1 56 11 16 ⎯ 21 25 0.6 1 75 14 20 ⎯ 28 32 0.1 02 200 28 38 ⎯ 53 069.3 80 1.5 710 150 236 07.5 1030 212 335 12 92 460 760 95 132 175 240 300 06 07.9 0.5 850 180 280 09.2 40 0.5 02.5 900 ⎯ 145 200 265 345 ⎯ 09.5 60 300 500 63 90 118 160 200 05 05 540 ⎯ 85 98 140 192 243 ⎯ 05 620 ⎯ 109 140 185 236 ⎯ 07.2 0.1 13 65 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 27 34 45 ⎯ ⎯ 120 18 23 ⎯ 31 38.5 02 215 ⎯ 40 42 58 076 95 ⎯ 02.6 1 62 17 29 1.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 16 03.3 1 52 10 15 ⎯ 21 22.5 50 1 1.3 1 42 13 19 1 02 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 14 18 ⎯ ⎯ 35 08 11 ⎯ 14 15.4 69 1.1 02 190 27 36 ⎯ 50 065.1 2.1 56 1 1.1 90 23 40 1. (c) For angular contact ball bearings.5 1420 ⎯ 200 272 355 488 615 ⎯ 15 1600 ⎯ 258 355 462 600 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /850 850 1360 165 224 290 400 500 12 12 1500 ⎯ 206 280 375 515 650 ⎯ 15 1700 ⎯ 272 375 488 630 ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /900 900 1420 165 230 300 412 515 12 12 1580 ⎯ 218 300 388 515 670 ⎯ 15 1780 ⎯ 280 388 500 650 ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /950 950 1500 175 243 315 438 545 12 12 1660 ⎯ 230 315 412 530 710 ⎯ 15 1850 ⎯ 290 400 515 670 ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1000 1000 1580 185 258 335 462 580 12 12 1750 ⎯ 243 330 425 560 750 ⎯ 15 1950 ⎯ 300 412 545 710 ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1060 1060 1660 190 265 345 475 600 12 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1120 1120 1750 ⎯ 280 365 475 630 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1180 1180 1850 ⎯ 290 388 500 670 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1250 1250 1950 ⎯ 308 400 530 710 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1320 1320 2060 ⎯ 325 425 560 750 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1400 1400 2180 ⎯ 345 450 580 775 ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /1500 1500 2300 ⎯ 355 462 600 800 ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ Remarks The chamfer dimensions listed in this table do not necessarily apply to the following chamfers: (a) Chamfers of the grooves in outer rings that have snap ring grooves.6 42 9 13 ⎯ 17 19 0.6 37 12 16 0.6 1.5 120 21 29 ⎯ 43 49.1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 06 30 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 18 21 28 ⎯ ⎯ 62 10 16 ⎯ 20 23.6 1.2 65 1.5 2.1 03 320 ⎯ 52 62 86 112 140 ⎯ 04 380 ⎯ 75 88 126 150 ⎯ 04 440 95 150 06 38 190 320 42 60 78 104 128 03 03 340 ⎯ 55 65 92 120 150 ⎯ 04 400 ⎯ 78 92 132 155 ⎯ 05 460 98 155 06 40 200 340 44 65 82 112 140 03 03 360 ⎯ 58 70 98 128 160 ⎯ 04 420 ⎯ 80 97 138 165 ⎯ 05 480 102 160 06 44 220 370 48 69 88 120 150 03 04 400 ⎯ 65 78 108 144 180 ⎯ 04 460 ⎯ 88 106 145 180 ⎯ 05 540 115 180 06 48 240 400 50 74 95 128 160 04 04 440 ⎯ 72 85 120 160 200 ⎯ 04 500 ⎯ 95 114 155 195 ⎯ 05 580 122 190 06 52 260 440 57 82 106 144 180 04 04 480 ⎯ 80 90 130 174 218 ⎯ 05 540 ⎯ 102 123 165 206 ⎯ 06 620 132 206 07.5 5 ⎯ ⎯ 08 ⎯ 0.1 260 44 55 62 86 106 3 03 310 72 118 05 26 130 210 25 38 48 64 80 01.5 22 0.1 225 37 49 53 77 087.3 1 52 15 24 1.5 56 280 460 57 82 106 146 180 04 05 500 ⎯ 80 90 130 176 218 ⎯ 05 580 ⎯ 108 132 175 224 ⎯ 06 670 140 224 07.1 290 ⎯ 48 58 80 104 128 ⎯ 03 340 ⎯ 68 79 114 136 ⎯ 04 400 88 142 05 34 170 280 34 51 66 88 109 02 02.6 2.6 1.6 00 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 14 18 ⎯ ⎯ 30 07 9 ⎯ 14 14.5 80 400 650 80 112 145 200 250 06 06 720 ⎯ 103 140 185 256 315 ⎯ 06 820 ⎯ 136 185 243 308 ⎯ 07. Table 7.1 100 17 25 ⎯ 36 39.1 250 ⎯ 42 50 68 088 109 ⎯ 03 300 50 62 70 102 118 4 04 360 82 132 05 30 150 250 31 46 60 80 100 02 02.5 07.5 4 ⎯ ⎯ 05 ⎯ 0.15 13 ⎯ 5 ⎯ ⎯ 07 ⎯ 0.8 32 0.6 47 10 14 ⎯ 19 22.5 870 ⎯ 125 170 224 310 388 ⎯ 07.3 30 10 14 0.5 1060 218 345 12 96 480 790 100 136 180 248 308 06 07.1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 05 25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 16 19 25 ⎯ ⎯ 52 10 15 ⎯ 18 20.5 1090 ⎯ 180 243 325 412 ⎯ 12 1220 250 400 15 /560 560 920 115 160 206 280 355 07.3 1 62 12 17 ⎯ 24 25.3 0.5 72 360 600 78 106 140 192 243 05 05 650 ⎯ 95 122 170 232 290 ⎯ 06 750 ⎯ 125 170 224 290 ⎯ 07.3 0.2 40 0.1 2 180 30 41 ⎯ 60 73 2 3 210 52 86 4 18 90 150 ⎯ ⎯ 33 45 60 ⎯ 2 160 22 30 ⎯ 40 52.5 09.5 150 25 35 ⎯ 51 63.5 1360 ⎯ 195 265 345 475 615 ⎯ 15 1500 ⎯ 236 325 438 560 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /800 800 1280 155 212 272 375 475 09.6 27 0.indd 42-43 Needle Roller Brgs.1 2.1 180 42 74 3 15 75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 30 37 50 ⎯ ⎯ 130 18 25 ⎯ 31 41. NN 31 N2 N 22 N 32 N3 N 23 N 33 N4 A024-057E.5 1120 230 365 15 /500 500 830 106 145 190 264 325 07.1 03 260 60 100 04 22 110 180 22 33 42 56 69 01.5 800 165 265 09.3 30 ⎯ 10 ⎯ 14 16 ⎯ 0.6 01 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 14 18 ⎯ ⎯ 32 07 10 ⎯ 14 15.5 850 ⎯ 136 190 250 315 ⎯ 09.5 1220 ⎯ 175 243 315 438 545 ⎯ 12 1360 ⎯ 218 300 400 515 ⎯ 15 1500 290 475 15 /710 710 1150 140 195 250 345 438 09.3 28 ⎯ 9 ⎯ 13 15 ⎯ 0. 1 Boundary Dimensions of Radial Bearings (except Tapered Roller Bearings) ⎯ 2 ⎯ A 42 Units: mm Single-Row 62 63 64 Ball Brgs.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 8 8 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 12 15 ⎯ ⎯ 24 05 8 ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 0.) B r (min.1 2.6 1.3 0.2 16 ⎯ 5 ⎯ ⎯ 09 ⎯ 0.5 07.1 215 36 47 51 73 82.5 07.5 130 22 31 ⎯ 46 54 1.3 0.5 02.3 19 ⎯ 6 ⎯ ⎯ 10 ⎯ 0.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 8 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 04 6 ⎯ ⎯ 10 ⎯ 0.1 3 03 280 65 108 04 24 120 200 25 38 48 62 80 01. (b) For thin section cylindrical roller bearings.15 0.1 270 ⎯ 45 54 73 096 118 ⎯ 03 320 ⎯ 65 75 108 128 ⎯ 04 380 85 138 05 32 160 270 34 51 66 86 109 02 02. the chamfers between the front face and bore (in case of an inner ring) or outer surface (in case of an outer ring).7 1 1.5 110 27 46 2 BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS 09 45 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 22 26 35 ⎯ ⎯ 85 13 19 ⎯ 23 30.6 1.6 32 11 15 0.5 920 ⎯ 136 185 243 336 412 ⎯ 07.5 140 24 33 ⎯ 48 58.6 1 72 13 19 ⎯ 27 30.5 1 1.1 2 190 30 43 ⎯ 64 73 2 3 225 54 90 4 19 95 160 ⎯ ⎯ 39 52 65 ⎯ 2 170 24 32 ⎯ 43 55.7 1.1 200 33 45 ⎯ 67 77.5 68 340 580 78 106 140 190 243 05 05 620 ⎯ 92 118 165 224 280 ⎯ 06 710 ⎯ 118 165 212 272 ⎯ 07.6 1 68 13 18 ⎯ 24 30 0.1 150 35 60 2.5 2.3 1.5 830 ⎯ 118 165 212 296 365 ⎯ 07.5 1220 ⎯ 200 272 355 462 ⎯ 15 1360 272 438 15 /630 630 1030 128 175 230 315 400 07.5 160 27 37 ⎯ 55 68.1 110 19 27 ⎯ 40 44.4 60 1 2 170 28 39 ⎯ 58 68.6 1.6 1. 12 13 104 22 53 23 33 Cylindrical Roller Brgs.5 980 ⎯ 160 218 290 375 ⎯ 09.3 0.4 0.5 750 155 250 09.5 1090 ⎯ 155 212 280 388 488 ⎯ 09.3 56 1 1.1 12 60 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 24 30 40 ⎯ ⎯ 110 16 22 ⎯ 28 36. the chamfers on side without rib and bearing bore (in case of an inner ring) or outer surface (in case of an outer ring).5 100 25 43 1.3 2.5 76 380 620 78 106 140 194 243 05 05 680 ⎯ 95 132 175 240 300 ⎯ 06 780 ⎯ 128 175 230 300 ⎯ 07.6 1. Spherical Roller Brgs.5 1280 ⎯ 180 250 325 450 560 ⎯ 12 1420 ⎯ 224 308 412 530 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ /750 750 1220 150 206 272 365 475 09.6 27 0.) B r (min.5 /28 28 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 17 20 27 ⎯ ⎯ 58 10 16 ⎯ 19 23 30 0.1 03 17 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 13 15 20 ⎯ ⎯ 40 08 12 ⎯ 16 17.5 09.1 80 14 21 ⎯ 31 34. (d) Chamfers on inner rings of bearings with tapered bores.1 240 42 50 57 80 092.6 9 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 12 16 ⎯ ⎯ 26 06 8 ⎯ ⎯ 13 ⎯ 0. 231 241 222 232 213 223 Diameter Series 1 Diameter Series 2 Diameter Series 3 Diameter Series 4 Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Series Series Series Series Series d D 01 11 21 31 41 01 11~41 D 82 02 12 22 32 42 82 02~42 D 83 03 13 23 33 83 03~33 D 04 24 04~24 Bore Number B r (min.6 75 1.5 07.1 14 70 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 27 34 45 ⎯ ⎯ 125 18 24 ⎯ 31 39.6 1.1 85 1.1 0.5 1030 ⎯ 170 230 300 388 ⎯ 12 1150 236 375 15 /530 530 870 109 150 195 272 335 07.1 72 19 33 1.1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 07 35 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 21 25 33 ⎯ ⎯ 72 12 17 ⎯ 23 27 37 0.1 80 21 36 1.5 1.3 ⎯ 0.1 310 ⎯ 52 62 86 110 140 ⎯ 04 360 ⎯ 72 84 120 140 ⎯ 04 420 92 145 05 36 180 300 37 56 72 96 118 02.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1.5 09. 622 632 623 633 72 73 74 Double-Row 42 52 43 53 Ball Brgs.3 26 ⎯ 9 ⎯ 13 15 ⎯ 0.1 190 45 77 3 16 80 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 30 37 50 ⎯ ⎯ 140 19 26 ⎯ 33 44.1 2 180 25 34 ⎯ 46 60.5 02.2 0.5 02 230 ⎯ 40 46 64 080 100 ⎯ 03 280 48 58 66 93 112 3 04 340 78 128 05 28 140 225 27 40 50 68 85 01.6 1.3 45 0.1 2 140 33 57 2.2 40 0.3 22 ⎯ 7 ⎯ 11 13 ⎯ 0.) B r (min.5 1030 ⎯ 150 206 272 365 475 ⎯ 09.5 2.6 1.5 950 200 315 12 84 420 700 88 122 165 224 280 06 06 760 ⎯ 109 150 195 272 335 ⎯ 07.9 20 0.

5 1.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 50 14 12 15.5 15 17 14 17 0.25 1 1 15 02 03 17 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 35 13 ⎯ 13 15 ⎯ 15 0.25 23 19 024.5 2 160 30 26 32.5 30 06 /32 32 52 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 10 14 0.6 0.5 4 3 85 17 18 90 125 22 ⎯ 23 23 18 23 1.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 47 14 12 ⎯ 015.5 2 170 39 33 27 042. T) specified by ISO.0 77 63 081.) B C T B C T B C T r (min.6 12 9 12 0.0 108 90 114 5 4 150 30 32 160 220 36 ⎯ 38 38 30 38 2.5 200 45 38 32 049.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 31 25 032.0 86 69 090.6 35 11 ⎯ ⎯ 011.5 20 04 /22 22 40 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 9 12 0.5 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 64 53 067.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 43 35 045.5 110 34 26. Other series not conforming to this table are also specified by ISO.5 70 14 15 75 105 19 ⎯ 20 20 16 20 1 1 115 25 19 25 31 25.25 41 32 41 2 1.3 0.5 1.5 1.25 18 15 019.0 145 122 154 6 5 220 44 48 240 320 48 ⎯ 51 51 39 51 3 2.6 0.5 90 20 17 21.3 42 15 12 15 17 ⎯ 17 0.25 1. The chamfer dimensions listed are the minimum permissible dimensions specified by ISO.3 0.5 32 /32 07 35 55 13 ⎯ 14 14 11.5 2 215 40 34 43.00 92 75 097 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 400 78 65 ⎯ 086 92 ⎯ 101. those of dimension series 13 are numbered 313.75 25 21 026.3 0.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 3 300 62 53 ⎯ 067.5 49 37 49 2.5 130 31 26 22 033.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 35 11 10 11.75 32 25 32 1.50 40 34 042.25 28 22 28 1.5 140 26 22 28.75 28 24 029.5 31 1.3 52 16 12 16 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 58 16 14 17.5 55 42 55 2.5 130 29 22 29 36 29.5 3 2. B.5 160 49 38 49 2.5 26 1 1 75 20 17 15 021.5 340 76 57 76 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 400 65 54 72.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 56 16 14 ⎯ 017.50 43 37 045.50 36 30 038.5 2 175 56 44 56 2.9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 17 ⎯ 017.25 18 15 019.5 1.00 140 115 149 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 300 60 64 320 440 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 76 57 76 4 3 480 100 74 100 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 580 92 75 104. the one corresponding to 303D of JIS is numbered 313.00 130 106 137 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 5 580 108 90 ⎯ 119 132 ⎯ 145.75 23 19 024.0 126 106 134 5 4 180 36 38 190 260 42 ⎯ 45 45 34 45 2.5 2 190 36 30 39.5 1.5 2 200 38 32 41.5 160 35 26 35 43 34 43 2.5 1.5 35 07 08 40 62 14 ⎯ 15 15 12 15 0.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 28 24 029.25 19 16 020.5 2 290 64 48 64 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.5 2 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 250 42 36 45.5 110 22 19 23.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 21 18 022.6 12 9 12 0.6 0.5 130 37 29 37 2 1. C.75 2 1.5 31 1.75 32 25 32 1.5 57 38 63. Remarks 3.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 340 55 46 60.75 1.5 2 180 41 34 28 044.0 165 136 176 6 6 260 52 56 280 380 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 63.00 120 100 127 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 500 95 80 ⎯ 105 114 ⎯ 125.0 93 78 098.5 25 05 /28 28 45 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 9 12 0.5 100 21 18 22.25 41 31 41 2 1.3 0.5 4 3 100 20 21 105 145 24 ⎯ 25 25 20 25 1.00 98 82 104 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 420 80 67 ⎯ 089 97 ⎯ 107.3 0.5 36 1.5 140 41 32 41 2.5 2 280 64 48 64 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2. Dimension Series not classified conform to dimensions (D.5 165 52 40 52 2.5 2 240 51 38 51 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.5 2 190 43 36 30 046.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 58 48 061.75 66 44 72.5 100 25 22 18 027.5 2.5 420 87 65 87 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 500 80 67 89.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 16 020.75 31 27 032.5 75 15 16 80 110 19 ⎯ 20 20 16 20 1 1 125 29 22 29 36 29.5 125 37 29 37 2 1.5 140 32 24 32 39 32.5 4 3 120 24 26 130 180 30 ⎯ 32 32 25 32 2 1.5 73 60 077.5 1.5 3 2.5 1.5 170 38 29 38 47 37 47 2.70 14 ⎯ 014.25 22 18 22 1 1 62 17 15 13 018.5 150 45 35 45 2.5 45 09 10 50 72 14 ⎯ 15 15 12 15 0.75 14 ⎯ 014.5 200 45 34 45 55 43 55 2.5 14 0.5 225 49 41 ⎯ 053.00 150 125 159 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 320 64 68 340 460 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 76 57 76 4 3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 340 68 72 360 480 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 76 57 76 4 3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 360 72 Remarks 1.) B C T r (min.3 47 15 11.5 23 27 21 27 1.5 1. In the Dimension Series of Diameter Series 9.5 90 23 20 17 025.6 42 13 11 ⎯ 014.5 1.5 1.) B C T B C T r (min.6 0.6 0.75 68 58 071.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 95 30 23 30 1.5 2 225 48 36 48 59 46 59 3 2.00 53 46 056 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.75 5 4 130 26 28 140 190 30 ⎯ 32 32 25 32 2 1.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 32 10 9 10.5 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.25 21 18 022.6 58 17 13 17 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 65 17 15 18.indd 44-45 11/20/13 4:50:29 PM .6 0.5 39 2 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 320 52 43 57.5 3 2.5 51 35 56.5 2 180 34 29 37. Diameter Series 9 Diameter Series 0 Diameter Series 1 Diameter Series 2 Diameter Series 3 Bore Number Bore Number Dimension Series 29 Chamfer Dimension Series Dimension Series Chamfer Dimension Series Chamfer Dimension Dimension Dimension Chamfer Dimension Series Dimension Dimension Chamfer Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension d 1 2 Cone Cup 20 30 Cone Cup 31 Cone Cup Series 02 Series 22 Series 32 Cone Cup 03 Series 13 Series 23 Cone Cup d D D D D D B C T B C T r (min.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 52 15 13 16.5 32 1.3 0.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.5 2 50 10 11 55 80 16 ⎯ 17 17 14 17 1 1 90 23 17. A 44 A 45 A024-057E.5 53 36 58. They do not apply to chamfers on the front face.5 150 35 30 25 038 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 51 42 054 3 2.75 35 27 35 2 1.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 21 18 022.0 155 132 165 6 5 240 48 52 260 360 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 63.25 2.6 0.5 1.5 26 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 290 48 40 52.5 1.25 2 1.75 32 24.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 47 14 12 15.5 34 1.5 1.5 130 25 22 27.75 1.5 400 87 65 87 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 480 80 67 89.) B C C (1) T B C T B C T r (min. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS Table 7.5 180 38 29 38 48 38 48 2.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 33 27 035. Remarks 2.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 36 30 038.3 0.75 1.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 40 12 11 13. in DIN.75 64 54 067.5 4 3 110 22 24 120 165 27 ⎯ 29 29 23 29 1.5 22 /22 05 25 42 11 ⎯ 11.3 55 17 13 17 20 16 20 1 1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 62 16 14 17.00 73 60 077 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 3 320 65 55 ⎯ 072 75 50 82.6 0.0 138 115 146 6 5 200 40 44 220 300 48 ⎯ 51 51 39 51 3 2.5 60 12 13 65 90 16 ⎯ 17 17 14 17 1 1 100 23 17.25 33 28 035.5 1.6 75 20 15.6 62 18 14 18 21 17 21 1 1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 72 17 15 18.9 1 1 12 01 02 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 32 12 ⎯ 12 14 ⎯ 14 0.5 310 70 53 70 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.25 26 20. Classification 2 bore diameters larger than 100 mm. Note (1) Regarding steep-slope bearing 303D.5 39 2 1.5 1.6 37 12 ⎯ ⎯ 012.5 100 30 23 30 1.5 3 2.5 80 18 16 19.5 85 19 16 20.75 70 47 77.5 23 27 21 27 1.5 20 24 19 24 1 1 85 26 20 26 1.00 86 71 091 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 380 75 64 ⎯ 083 88 ⎯ 97.5 4 3 105 21 22 110 150 24 ⎯ 25 25 20 25 1.5 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 270 45 38 49.25 1.5 4 3 95 19 20 100 140 24 ⎯ 25 25 20 25 1.3 44 15 11.9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 17 ⎯ 017.6 12 9 12 0.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 60 49 063.25 1.6 0.0 114 95 121 5 4 160 32 34 170 230 36 ⎯ 38 38 30 38 2.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 17 14 018.9 0.5 48 63.5 125 24 21 26.25 31 27 033.5 1.0 80 65 084.6 68 19 14. For bearings with Remarks 2.5 39 2 1.5 1.5 65 13 14 70 100 19 ⎯ 20 20 16 20 1 1 110 25 19 25 31 25.5 1.5 2 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 230 40 34 43.5 110 27 23 19 029.5 2 260 57 43 57 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 36 1.25 25 19.5 1.5 240 50 42 ⎯ 054.0 175 145 187 6 6 280 56 60 300 420 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 76 57 76 4 3 460 100 74 100 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 540 85 71 96.5 80 16 17 85 120 22 ⎯ 23 23 18 23 1.5 140 33 28 23 036 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 48 39 051 3 2.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 360 58 48 64.5 145 32 24 32 39 32.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 3 280 58 49 ⎯ 063.0 120 100 127 5 4 170 34 36 180 250 42 ⎯ 45 45 34 45 2.5 1.25 1 1 17 03 04 20 37 11 ⎯ 11.25 16 14 017.75 14 ⎯ 014.75 38 29 38 2 1.6 80 20 15.5 260 55 46 ⎯ 059.25 2 1.25 31 27 033.5 360 76 57 76 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 440 72 60 79.6 0.6 0.75 23 19 024.6 0.00 130 106 137 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 5 540 102 85 ⎯ 113 123 ⎯ 135.5 58 44 58 3 2.5 19 22 18 22 1 1 75 26 20.5 2 180 56 43 56 2. 2 Boundary Dimensions of Tapered Roller Bearings Units: mm Tapered Tapered Roller 329 320 X 330 331 302 322 332 303 or 303D 313 323 Roller Brgs.5 48 63.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 24 20 025.75 23 19 024.5 2 55 11 12 60 85 16 ⎯ 17 17 14 17 1 1 95 23 17.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 1 52 15 13 ⎯ 016.5 1.5 150 32 24 32 39 32.3 0.5 23 27 21 27 1.5 26 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 46 37 048.) 00 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 30 9 ⎯ 9.50 58 50 061. is those specified by the ISO.5 1.5 20 24 19 24 1 1 80 26 20.5 80 21 18 15 022.5 2 170 32 27 34.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 67 55 071.5 40 08 09 45 68 14 ⎯ 15 15 12 15 0.5 4 3 90 18 19 95 130 22 ⎯ 23 23 18 23 1. Brgs.5 1.5 25 1 1 72 19 16 14 020.5 120 37 29 37 2 1.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 27 23 028.25 24 19 24 1 1 68 18 15 14 019.5 62 42 68.5 120 29 25 21 031.5 2 200 62 48 62 2.00 86 71 091 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 360 72 62 ⎯ 080 84 ⎯ 92.25 46 35 46 2.00 108 90 114 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 4 460 88 73 ⎯ 097 106 ⎯ 117.5 1.5 1.75 5 4 140 28 30 150 210 36 ⎯ 38 38 30 38 2. Classification1is those specified by the old standard.00 80 67 084 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 3 340 68 58 ⎯ 075 79 ⎯ 87.25 20 17 021.5 120 23 20 24.25 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 40 33 042.75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 24 20 025.5 2 150 28 24 30.0 132 109 140 6 5 190 38 40 200 280 48 ⎯ 51 51 39 51 3 2.00 50 43 053 68 52 68 3 2.7 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.75 41 32 41 2 1.5 215 47 39 ⎯ 051.00 46 39 049 63 48 63 3 2.5 1.5 28 /28 06 30 47 11 ⎯ 11.6 10 00 01 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 28 11 ⎯ 11 13 ⎯ 13 0.0 102 85 107.25 18 15 019.5 160 37 31 26 040 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 55 45 058 3 2.5 1.5 210 45 34 45 56 44 56 2.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 310 52 43 57.

1 300 36 48 63 110 190 24 2 2 360 63 85 112 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 ⎯ 420 90 122 160 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 500 170 7.6 120 29 39 48 87 45 20 1.6 100 39 1.3 35 7 ⎯ 10 0.1 25 05 06 30 42 6 ⎯ 8 0.6 ⎯ 32 9 ⎯ 14 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.) r1 (min.1 250 58 78 102 177 95 40 4 1. Diameter Series 0 Diameter Series 1 Diameter Series 2 Diameter Series 3 Diameter Series 4 Diameter Series 5 Dimension Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Bore Number Bore Number Series 70 90 10 71 91 11 72 92 12 22 22 73 93 13 23 23 74 94 14 24 24 95 d D r (min.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 6 8 8 18 5 ⎯ 7 0.3 65 9 ⎯ 14 0.1 215 78 4 85 17 18 90 105 7 ⎯ 10 0.6 110 42 1. The maximum permissible outside diameter of shaft and central washers and minimum permissible bore diameter of housing washers are omitted here.6 170 18 24 30 1 190 27 36 45 80 110 18 1.6 135 16 21 25 1 150 23 30 38 67 85 15 1.1 340 78 103 135 236 135 50 5 2.3 47 8 ⎯ 11 0.6 160 60 2.5 1.1 320 73 95 130 226 130 50 5 2 380 132 6 160 32 34 170 190 9 ⎯ 14 0.3 47 12 ⎯ 18 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 60 24 1 20 04 05 25 37 6 ⎯ 8 0. Spherical Thrust 292 293 294 Spherical Thrust Roller Brgs.1 60 12 13 65 80 7 ⎯ 10 0.1 280 63 85 112 196 110 44 4 2 340 122 5 140 28 30 150 170 9 ⎯ 14 0.1 1.3 26 6 ⎯ 9 0.5 1 170 41 54 68 120 65 27 2.1 240 45 60 80 140 120 31 2.1 270 50 67 87 153 140 33 3 1.5 240 48 52 260 290 14 ⎯ 22 1 320 27 36 45 1.3 ⎯ 20 7 ⎯ 11 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 140 34 45 56 101 50 23 2 1 170 63 2.6 90 23 30 36 65 30 15 1.3 68 15 ⎯ 24 44 30 10 1 0.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 20 6 ⎯ 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 78 10 ⎯ 16 0.5 1 190 45 60 77 135 70 30 2.6 73 13 ⎯ 20 37 35 9 1 0.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 00 01 12 22 5 ⎯ 7 0.5 1 180 42 58 72 128 65 29 2.5 220 44 48 240 270 14 ⎯ 22 1 300 27 36 45 1.6 110 23 30 35 64 50 15 1.1 ⎯ 440 73 95 130 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 520 109 145 190 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 620 206 9. A 46 A 47 A024-057E.5 40 08 09 45 60 7 ⎯ 10 0.3 95 11 ⎯ 18 1 105 16 21 27 47 55 10 1 1 125 25 34 40 72 55 16 1.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 16 6 ⎯ 8 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 2 300 54 73 95 165 150 37 3 2 360 82 109 140 245 140 52 5 3 420 145 6 180 36 38 190 215 11 ⎯ 17 1 240 23 30 37 1.1 250 90 4 100 20 22 110 130 9 ⎯ 14 0. 511 512 522 513 523 514 524 Thrust Ball Brgs.3 24 6 ⎯ 9 0.1 0.3 70 9 ⎯ 14 0.3 37 10 ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 32 8 ⎯ 12 22 10 5 0.3 35 8 ⎯ 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 1 200 73 3 80 16 17 85 100 7 ⎯ 10 0.1 55 11 12 60 75 7 ⎯ 10 0.6 110 27 36 43 78 40 18 1.3 90 11 ⎯ 18 1 100 16 21 27 47 55 10 1 0.6 0.5 360 45 60 79 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2.1 225 82 4 90 18 20 100 120 9 ⎯ 14 0.6 85 18 24 28 52 35 12 1 0.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 8 8 00 10 20 5 ⎯ 7 0.6 ⎯ 30 9 ⎯ 14 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 28 7 ⎯ 11 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 0.3 70 18 24 28 52 20 12 1 0.1 0.5 300 109 5 120 24 26 130 150 9 ⎯ 14 0.3 26 7 ⎯ 11 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.3 60 16 21 24 45 15 11 1 0.5 280 56 60 300 340 18 24 30 1 380 36 48 62 2 420 54 73 95 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 ⎯ 480 82 109 140 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 540 109 145 190 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 670 224 9.1 400 140 6 170 34 36 180 200 9 ⎯ 14 0.6 47 10 ⎯ 15 28 20 7 0.6 190 18 24 31 1 215 29 39 50 89 130 20 1.1 280 50 67 87 153 150 33 3 1.1 0.1 250 32 42 56 98 150 21 1.6 73 29 1.5 300 60 64 320 360 18 24 30 1 400 36 48 63 2 440 54 73 95 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 ⎯ 500 82 109 140 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 580 118 155 205 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.1 65 13 14 70 85 7 ⎯ 10 0.1 300 67 90 120 209 120 46 4 2 360 125 6 150 30 32 160 180 9 ⎯ 14 0.5 1.1 250 45 60 80 140 130 31 2.6 90 16 21 25 45 45 10 1 0.6 78 13 ⎯ 22 39 40 9 1 0.1 ⎯ 420 73 95 130 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 480 100 132 175 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 580 190 9.1 1. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS Table 7.1 1 190 36 48 63 110 95 24 2 1 230 54 73 95 166 90 37 3 1.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 52 21 1 17 03 04 20 32 6 ⎯ 8 0.1 280 36 48 62 109 170 24 2 2 340 63 85 110 192 170 42 4 2 400 90 122 155 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 460 155 7.3 28 6 ⎯ 9 0.1 1 150 36 48 60 107 55 24 2 1 180 67 3 70 14 15 75 90 7 ⎯ 10 0.5 0.3 80 20 27 32 59 25 14 1.3 30 6 ⎯ 9 0.) D r (min.3 110 11 ⎯ 19 1 125 18 24 31 55 70 12 1 1 150 29 39 49 87 70 19 1.3 42 8 ⎯ 11 0.) r1 (min.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 4 6 6 16 5 ⎯ 7 0. Roller Brgs.1 ⎯ 380 63 85 112 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 ⎯ 440 90 122 160 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 540 180 7.1 0.1 1.) d Central Washer Central Washer Central Washer T T T T T T d2 B d2 B d2 B 4 4 12 4 ⎯ 6 0.) D r (min.1 210 41 54 70 123 100 27 2.3 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 22 6 ⎯ 9 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.1 1.) D r (min.5 320 64 Remarks 1.6 215 20 27 34 1.1 35 07 08 40 52 6 ⎯ 9 0.3 100 11 ⎯ 19 1 110 16 21 27 47 60 10 1 1 135 27 36 44 79 60 18 1. 23.6 150 58 2.1 0.1 1 155 29 39 50 88 75 19 1.1 1.) r1 (min.5 260 52 56 280 310 14 ⎯ 22 1 350 32 42 53 1.5 1.5 1.6 78 17 22 26 49 30 12 1 0.3 52 8 ⎯ 12 0.6 155 16 21 25 1 170 23 30 39 68 100 15 1.6 95 20 27 31 58 40 14 1.1 240 32 42 55 97 150 21 1.) D r (min.6 130 32 42 51 93 50 21 1.5 340 45 60 78 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2.6 105 23 30 35 64 45 15 1. (Refer to the bearing tables for Thrust Bearings).3 60 9 ⎯ 13 0. Remarks 2.5 1 160 38 51 65 115 60 26 2 1 190 69 3 75 15 16 80 95 7 ⎯ 10 0.1 270 63 85 110 192 100 42 4 2 320 115 5 130 26 28 140 160 9 ⎯ 14 0.6 120 45 2 45 09 10 50 65 7 ⎯ 10 0.3 40 9 ⎯ 14 26 15 6 0.3 85 11 ⎯ 17 1 95 16 21 26 46 50 10 1 0.indd 46-47 11/20/13 4:50:31 PM .6 115 23 30 36 65 55 15 1.6 100 25 34 39 72 35 17 1.3 52 12 ⎯ 18 34 20 8 1 0.5 200 40 44 220 250 14 ⎯ 22 1 270 23 30 37 1.1 30 06 07 35 47 6 ⎯ 8 0.5 1 210 50 67 85 150 80 33 3 1.3 105 11 ⎯ 19 1 115 16 21 28 48 65 10 1 1 140 27 36 44 79 65 18 1. Dimension Series 22.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 01 02 15 26 5 ⎯ 7 0.5 ⎯ 710 236 9.6 0.1 270 95 5 110 22 24 120 140 9 ⎯ 14 0.6 135 51 2 50 10 11 55 70 7 ⎯ 10 0.6 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 02 03 17 28 5 ⎯ 7 0.6 68 13 ⎯ 19 36 30 9 1 0.1 1.6 0.6 52 10 ⎯ 16 29 25 7 0.6 ⎯ 40 10 ⎯ 16 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.) D r (min.1 1 170 32 42 55 97 85 21 1.6 85 34 1.5 0.1 225 42 58 75 130 110 30 2.3 60 14 ⎯ 21 38 25 9 1 0.1 1.6 145 16 21 25 1 160 23 30 38 67 95 15 1. 3 Boundary Dimensions of Thrust Bearings (Flat Seats) ⎯ 1 ⎯ Units: mm Thrust Ball Brgs.3 ⎯ 26 8 ⎯ 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.5 380 45 60 80 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2. and 24 are double direction bearings.3 120 14 ⎯ 22 1 135 20 27 35 62 75 14 1.6 0.6 225 20 27 34 1.5 1.1 270 36 48 62 109 160 24 2 2 320 58 78 105 183 160 40 4 2 380 85 115 150 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 440 150 6 190 38 40 200 225 11 ⎯ 17 1 250 23 30 37 1.6 62 12 ⎯ 18 34 30 8 1 0.5 0.3 ⎯ 24 8 ⎯ 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 0.6 180 18 24 31 1 200 27 36 46 81 120 18 1.6 200 18 24 31 1 225 29 39 51 90 140 20 1.1 0.

Spherical Thrust 292 293 294 Spherical Thrust Roller Brgs.5 ⎯ 1360 250 335 438 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 800 /800 /850 850 920 32 42 53 1.5 1000 67 90 120 4 1120 122 160 212 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 ⎯ 1460 ⎯ 276 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1670 ⎯ 402 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1000 /1000 /1060 1060 1150 41 54 70 2.5 ⎯ 980 190 250 335 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1150 355 15 560 /560 /600 600 650 23 30 38 1.5 ⎯ 1220 230 308 400 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ 1400 412 15 710 /710 /750 750 820 32 42 53 1. Remarks 2. A 48 A 49 A024-057E.5 2160 ⎯ 276 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1700 /1700 /1800 1800 1950 ⎯ ⎯ 120 4 2080 ⎯ ⎯ 220 7.) D r (min.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2500 /2500 Remarks 1. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS Table 7.5 ⎯ 1280 236 315 412 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 750 /750 /800 800 870 32 42 53 1.5 ⎯ 850 272 12 400 80 84 420 460 18 24 30 1 500 36 48 65 2 580 73 095 130 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 650 103 140 180 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 730 140 185 243 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.1 1180 82 109 140 5 1320 145 190 250 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 1090 335 15 530 /530 /560 560 610 23 30 38 1.5 950 67 90 120 4 1060 118 155 205 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2120 /2120 /2240 2240 2430 ⎯ ⎯ 150 5 2570 ⎯ ⎯ 258 9.5 ⎯ 1250 180 243 315 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1440 ⎯ 354 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 850 /850 /900 900 980 36 48 63 2 1060 73 95 130 5 1180 125 170 220 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 ⎯ 1710 ⎯ 318 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ 1950 ⎯ 462 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1180 /1180 /1250 1250 1360 50 67 85 3 1460 ⎯ ⎯ 175 6 1610 ⎯ 216 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 980 315 15 460 92 96 480 520 18 24 30 1 580 45 60 80 2.5 2280 ⎯ 288 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1800 /1800 /1900 1900 2060 ⎯ ⎯ 130 5 2180 ⎯ ⎯ 220 7.) D r (min. Diameter Series 0 Diameter Series 1 Diameter Series 2 Diameter Series 3 Diameter Series 4 Diameter Series 5 Dimension Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Dimension Series Bore Number Bore Number Series 70 90 10 71 91 11 72 92 12 22 22 73 93 13 23 23 74 94 14 24 24 95 d d D r (min.1 600 73 095 130 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 680 109 145 190 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 780 155 206 265 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.) r1 (min.5 ⎯ 750 243 12 340 68 72 360 400 18 24 30 1 440 36 48 65 2 500 63 085 110 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 ⎯ 560 90 122 160 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 640 125 170 220 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 800 58 78 105 4 900 103 140 180 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 1000 150 200 258 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9. 23.5 ⎯ 1320 190 250 335 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1520 ⎯ 372 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 900 /900 /950 950 1030 36 48 63 2 1120 78 103 135 5 1250 136 180 236 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.) r1 (min.5 ⎯ 1400 200 272 355 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1600 ⎯ 390 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 950 /950 /1000 1000 1090 41 54 70 2.5 ⎯ 1000 315 15 480 96 /500 500 540 18 24 30 1 600 45 60 80 2.5 ⎯ 1150 218 290 375 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ 1320 388 15 670 /670 /710 710 780 32 42 53 1.) D r (min. 511 512 522 513 523 514 524 Thrust Ball Brgs.5 ⎯ 1030 195 258 335 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1220 375 15 600 /600 /630 630 680 23 30 38 1.1 620 73 095 130 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 710 112 150 195 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 800 155 206 265 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 640 50 67 85 3 710 82 109 140 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 800 122 160 212 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 ⎯ 1630 ⎯ 306 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ 1860 ⎯ 444 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1120 /1120 /1180 1180 1280 45 60 80 2.1 750 54 73 95 3 850 100 132 175 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 950 145 190 250 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 1320 90 122 160 5 1460 ⎯ 206 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 670 78 103 135 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 750 112 150 195 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 870 165 224 290 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 1180 170 230 300 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 850 63 85 112 4 950 109 145 190 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 1060 160 212 272 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 1540 ⎯ 288 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ 1770 ⎯ 426 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1060 /1060 /1120 1120 1220 45 60 80 2.) D r (min.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1900 /1900 /2000 2000 2160 ⎯ ⎯ 130 5 2300 ⎯ ⎯ 236 7.indd 48-49 11/20/13 4:50:33 PM .1 670 50 67 85 3 750 85 115 150 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 850 132 175 224 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7. Dimension Series 22.5 ⎯ 1800 ⎯ 330 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ 2050 ⎯ 480 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1250 /1250 /1320 1320 1440 ⎯ ⎯ 95 3 1540 ⎯ ⎯ 175 6 1700 ⎯ 228 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 1900 ⎯ 348 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ 2160 ⎯ 505 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1320 /1320 /1400 1400 1520 ⎯ ⎯ 95 3 1630 ⎯ ⎯ 180 6 1790 ⎯ 234 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 2000 ⎯ 360 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ 2280 ⎯ 530 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1400 /1400 /1500 1500 1630 ⎯ ⎯ 105 4 1750 ⎯ ⎯ 195 6 1920 ⎯ 252 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 2140 ⎯ 384 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1500 /1500 /1600 1600 1730 ⎯ ⎯ 105 4 1850 ⎯ ⎯ 195 6 2040 ⎯ 264 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 15 ⎯ 2270 ⎯ 402 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 19 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1600 /1600 /1700 1700 1840 ⎯ ⎯ 112 4 1970 ⎯ ⎯ 212 7. The maximum permissible outside diameter of shaft and central washers and minimum permissible bore diameter of housing washers are omitted here.1 650 78 103 135 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 730 112 150 195 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 850 165 224 290 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 900 290 15 420 84 88 440 480 18 24 30 1 540 45 60 80 2.5 ⎯ 1060 335 15 500 /500 /530 530 580 23 30 38 1.1 710 50 67 85 3 800 90 122 160 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 900 136 180 236 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.) r1 (min.5 ⎯ 950 308 15 440 88 92 460 500 18 24 30 1 560 45 60 80 2.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2240 /2240 /2360 2360 2550 ⎯ ⎯ 150 5 2700 ⎯ ⎯ 265 9. Roller Brgs.5 900 67 90 120 4 1000 112 150 195 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 1120 165 224 290 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.1 1400 100 132 175 6 1520 ⎯ 206 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 920 175 236 308 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9.5 ⎯ 820 265 12 380 76 80 400 440 18 24 30 1 480 36 48 65 2 540 63 085 112 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 ⎯ 620 100 132 175 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 710 140 185 243 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.5 ⎯ 1090 206 280 365 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 12 ⎯ 1280 388 15 630 /630 /670 670 730 27 36 45 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2000 /2000 /2120 2120 2300 ⎯ ⎯ 140 5 2430 ⎯ ⎯ 243 7.1 1250 85 115 150 5 1400 155 206 265 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 9. 3 Boundary Dimensions of Thrust Bearings (Flat Seats) ⎯ 2 ⎯ Units: mm Thrust Ball Brgs. (Refer to the bearings tables for Thrust Bearings).5 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 2360 /2360 /2500 2500 2700 ⎯ ⎯ 160 5 2850 ⎯ ⎯ 272 9.) Central Washer Central Washer Central Washer T T T T T T d2 B d2 B d2 B 68 340 380 18 24 30 1 420 36 48 64 2 460 54 073 96 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 3 ⎯ 540 90 122 160 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 5 ⎯ 620 125 170 220 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7. and 24 are double direction bearings.) D r (min.5 ⎯ 780 250 12 360 72 76 380 420 18 24 30 1 460 36 48 65 2 520 63 085 112 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 4 ⎯ 600 100 132 175 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 ⎯ 670 132 175 224 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 7.

Dimension series 19 : For outside diameters of 24mm and less.8 40.7 66.25 3.7 3.9 1.25 NR 1037 2.7 37.7 60.95 0.7 38.9 3.4 ⎯ ⎯ 1.2 1.3 ⎯ ⎯ 1.05 1.85 0.9 77.4 NR 1090 3.4 1.85 0.7 1.1 1.25 NR 1032 2.3 3.2 0.1 1.89 1.75 3 44.9 3.85 0. which is not compliant with ISO 15).5 2. min.9 92.6 127.7 1.05 0.02 7 130.2 0.4 1.4 NR 1100 3.5 28 ⎯ 40 38.7 53.05 1.7 1.7 84 ⎯ 55 80 77.9 ⎯ ⎯ 1.6 NR 1190 4.9 0.9 0.15 ⎯ ⎯ 1.05 1.2 0.1 1.05 1.7 45.7 1.9 0.7 1.02 5 120.6 7 145.02 5 104.3 3.7 112 85 80 110 107.25 NR 1030 2.9 0.75 4 49.8 171.9 1.15 1.95 0.7 63.4 96 75 ⎯ 95 92.6 1.8 27.1 1.75 4 54.7 1. use 0.95 0.25 NR 1045 2.5 1.8 42.2 0.7 1.8 55.25 3.8 1.8 186.95 0.5mm chamfer.12 1.7 1.12 1.6 NR 1140 4.1 ⎯ ⎯ 3.3 0.3 3.25 NR 1034 2.9 0.05 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ 2.4 NR 1085 3.2 0.6 1.2 0.8 22.4 ⎯ ⎯ 1.2 1.25 NR 1062 2.3 1.1 1.02 5 99.02 5 84.2 1. min.2 1.04 3.7 1.75 4 57. max.5 2.85 4.25 NR 1055 2.4 1.1 2.9 0.6 10 186.1 1.5 2.02 5 110.9 0. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS Table 7.55 2.7 1.05 1.6 122.89 1.3 1.3 1.75 3 32.3 mm chamfer.2 NR 1022 2.05 1.5 ⎯ 35 55 53.02 5 82.12 1.7 1.75 3 39.1 2.5 2.5 35 30 47 45.7 0.9 0.3 3.7 117 90 ⎯ 115 112.5 20 ⎯ 32 30.5 2.9 0.9 0.1 1.7 152 120 110 150 147.85 0.8 48.4 86 65 60 85 82. max.2 1.5 25 20 37 35.3 3.02 7 135.5 2.04 3.25 NR 1047 2.8 31.1 3.55 2.5 ⎯ 45 68 66.1 2.3 3.3 0. use 0.3 0.25 3.95 0.3mm chamfer. for an outside diameter of A 51 68 mm.12 1.5 ⎯ 15 28 26.6 NR 1165 4.05 1.7 1.05 1.3 3.4 1.25 NR 1028 2.5 198 160 ⎯ 200 196.5 188 150 140 190 186.3 1. A 50 For all others exceeding 47mm.04 3.75 3 30.89 1.6 NR 1175 4.1 1.2 0.1 2.6 112.05 1.1 3.05 1.4 106 ⎯ 75 105 102.4 NR 1125 4.25 NR 1058 2.25 NR 1065 2.75 3 34.7 1.2 0.6 117.6 102.7 147 ⎯ 105 145 142.15 1.8 76 60 ⎯ 78 76.2 0.9 0.3 1.7 1.3 1.04 3.8 50.4 91 70 65 90 87.15 1.6 137.4 101 80 70 100 97.7 1.9 0.6 142.75 5 74.6 NR 1180 4. use 0.4 NR 1095 3. min.3 3.3 1.6 107.25 NR 1039 2.25 NR 1040 2.05 0.55 1.7 1.6 2 26.6 1.55 1.4 NR 1080 3.12 1.8 20.05 1.5 2.95 0.95 0.5 183 ⎯ 130 180 176.6 1.1 1.15 ⎯ ⎯ 1.7 1.5 1.85 0.3 1.6 7 150.75 4 67.7 43.3 1.12 1.55 1.85 0.7 40.5 32 ⎯ 44 42.85 0.9 0.12 1.7 42.85 0.1 2.2 0.6 7 171.1 2.9 0.3 3.5 45 ⎯ 58 56.9 0.5 50 ⎯ 65 63.3 3.89 1.05 1.2 0.25 NR 1068 2.9 82.15 ⎯ ⎯ 1.4 NR 1105 4.7 70.7 1.4 NR 1078 3.5 208 Remarks The minimum permissible chamfer dimensions rN on the snap-ring-groove side of the outer rings are as follows: Dimension series 18 : For outside diameters of 78mm and less.3 1.75 4 64.25 NR 1052 2.8 61.3 0.6 1.7 1.2 0.6 2 24.95 0.7 1.4 1.8 33.8 161.4 1.5 2.75 5 70.85 0.85 0.2 0.3 3.7 1.9 1.7 137 110 100 140 137.3 3. ⎯ 10 22 20.6 1.05 1.7 1.6 10 181.9 0.89 1.9 1.5 ⎯ ⎯ 1.12 1.1 ⎯ ⎯ 2.12 1.55 1.1 1.55 1.85 0.1 1.3 1.9 0.3 3.25 3.9 0.95 0.05 1.12 1.3 0.85 4.15 ⎯ ⎯ 1.7 50.4 ⎯ ⎯ 1.3 0.95 0.1 1.04 3.2 0.8 72 55 50 72 70.85 0.85 0.1 2. min.55 1.8 0. For 47mm and less.6 1.8 35.05 1.2 0.4 NR 1110 4. max.85 4. For all others exceeding 78mm.5 1.3 3.4 ⎯ ⎯ 1.3 0.1 1.7 56.7 1.05 1.95 0.7 0. max.7 1.02 5 115.9 1.9 0. use 0.9 97.3 0.3 1.4 1.8 25.7 3. min. use 0.75 3 36. use a 0.8 65.04 3.7 127 100 90 125 122.2 1.9 0.04 3.7 1.5 ⎯ 22 39 37.3 3.85 0.15 1.3 1.5 40 32 52 50.6 1.95 0.7 35.5 ⎯ 17 30 28.9 0.7 1.3 0.75 3 41.12 1.85 0.1 ⎯ ⎯ 2.25 NR 1042 2.5 30 25 42 40.9 2.7 30.5mm chamfer (However.3mm chamfer.6 NR 1145 4.85 0.55 1.9 0. max.3 0.5 1.7 122 95 85 120 117.8 43.6 10 206.1 1.75 4 46.8 47.6 7 155.05 0. max.7 1.8 176.85 0.7 157 130 120 165 161.3 1.55 2.6 10 196.8 68.55 1.25 3.89 1.9 3.7 28. max.85 0.05 0.15 ⎯ ⎯ 1.0 1.5 173 140 ⎯ 175 171.02 5 94.75 4 60.4 1.4 ⎯ ⎯ 1.6 1.7 3.55 1.1 2.2 NR 1024 2.2mm chamfer.95 0.55 1. A024-057E.9 0.2 1.5 ⎯ 28 45 43.2 0.15 ⎯ ⎯ 1.2 0.1 1.1 1.9 0.55 ⎯ ⎯ 1. min.04 3.15 1.85 0.5 22 ⎯ 34 32.indd 50-51 11/20/13 4:50:35 PM .6 1.6 147.1 1.8 196.2 1. approx.02 5 89.9 87.6 1.6 1.12 1.5 ⎯ 12 24 22.95 0.8 37.55 1.6 NR 1200 4. 4 Dimensions of Snap Ring Grooves and Locating Snap Rings ⎯ (1) Bearings of Dimension Series 18 and 19 f a b Side Cover Housing r0 g (Geometry of locating snap ring fitted in groove) rN rN e jD 2 jD 1 jD x Units: mm Applicable Bearings Snap Ring Groove Locating Snap Ring Side Cover Snap Ring Groove Position Geometry of snap ring Snap Ring Groove Snap Ring Groove Radius of Cross Sectional Thickness fitted in groove Stepped Bore d a Bottom Locating Snap (Reference) Diameter Diameter Width Height (Reference) Bearing Dimension Series Corners Ring Number Slit Snap Ring D Width Outside Dimension Series D1 18 19 b r0 e f DX g Diameter D2 18 19 max.25 NR 1072 2.4 1.89 1.1 ⎯ ⎯ 2.85 4.7 32.4 NR 1130 4.3 1.0 1.95 0.8 45.55 ⎯ ⎯ 1.7 1.95 0.89 1.02 7 125.25 3.3 0.15 1.7 26.1 2.5 ⎯ 40 62 60.3 1.2 75.85 4.9 0.3 1.7 132 105 95 130 127.8 0.1 2.85 0.89 1.4 NR 1115 4.8 58.4 NR 1120 4.7 1.05 1. min.3 3.5 ⎯ ⎯ 1.75 3 42.3 ⎯ ⎯ 3.9 0.6 NR 1150 4.25 NR 1044 2.2 0.04 3.95 0.95 0.3 ⎯ ⎯ 1.3 0.75 4 47.

35 0.82 91.12 1.65 1.85 4.17 27.8 96.64 183.21 7.06 2.6 44.61 59.3 47 22 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 44 41.6 NR 160 7. min.65 1. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS Table 7.1 1.7 0.02 03 44.19 ⎯ ⎯ 1.06 1.6 NR 180 9.31 1.1 1.65 1.5 0.28 2.45 5. 3.11 2.69 5.04 3.6 9.12 1.21 7.46 2.9 215 Note (1) The locating snap rings and snap ring grooves of these bearings are not specified by ISO.6 04 67.06 1.07 2.1 1.9 4.88 3.85 4.21 7.6 NR 080 4.07 2. max.25 3.72 07 149.5 85 75 60 50 130 125.72 07 154.6 45.7 1.2 NR 028 (1) 2.02 04 63.7 1.6 NR 110 4.65 1.35 0.85 4.65 1.4 3.92 2.89 1.87 2.88 2.1 0.7 53.89 1.65 1.31 1.indd 52-53 11/20/13 4:50:36 PM .1 0.71 2.07 3 2.85 4.82 2.7 35.6 80 45 ⎯ 32 ⎯ 75 71.46 2.6 NR 200 9. However.65 1.85 4.22 119.65 1.6 NR 100 4.35 0. 2.25 3.48 2.71 2.28 3.4 NR 058 4.71 3.65 1.9 58.07 3 2.35 0.6 9.91 ⎯ ⎯ 2.7 136.81 106.7 61.5 ⎯ ⎯ 22 ⎯ 56 53.35 2.45 3.7 31.89 1. for bearings of diameter series 0 having outside diameters 35mm and below.49 2.82 2.9 185 120 100 85 70 180 173.17 0.46 2.74 03 28.6 NR 062 4.3 ⎯ ⎯ 3.02 03 34. Remarks 1.44 3.7 29.81 111.82 2.5 40 ⎯ 28 ⎯ 68 64.5 ⎯ 32 ⎯ ⎯ 65 62.35 0.7 56.6 05 81. min.87 2.67 3.28 3.46 2.06 1.4 NR 044 3.85 4.36 05 101.6 NR 125 7.7 2.7 1.7 131.04 3.12 1.9 0.72 07 169.5 28 25 20 15 52 49.9 2.22 124. 10 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 26 24.29 3.9 0.46 2.65 163.87 2. 2.1 3 10 202.4 NR 042 3.12 1.77 34.9 0.7 162 105 90 75 65 160 155.2 1.08 1.4 ⎯ 10 9 8 30 28.71 ⎯ ⎯ 4.6 NR 115 4.75 41.8 3.07 2.67 ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.06 2.1 3 10 182.86 3.45 5.4 NR 050 4. A 52 A 53 A024-057E.5 32 28 ⎯ ⎯ 58 55.7 37.5 2.4 NR 047 4.45 ⎯ ⎯ 3.1 1.35 0.7 1.1 0.35 ⎯ ⎯ 2.7 1.7 0.15 29.36 05 106.8 3.7 1.7 1.06 2.46 2.6 05 91.46 2.9 1.89 1.06 1.65 3.6 83 50 40 35 25 80 76.8 3.2 1.91 0.45 4.71 3.7 68.08 1.87 2.81 76.6 118 75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 115 111.17 32.06 1.5 98 60 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 95 91.44 3.12 1.06 1.12 1.6 NR 145 7.81 68.07 2.02 03 46.6 NR 190 9. 4 Dimensions of Snap Ring Grooves and Locating Snap Rings ⎯ (2) Bearing of Diameter Series 0.45 4.71 3.72 07 129.6 88 ⎯ 45 ⎯ ⎯ 85 81.3 2.9 2.67 3.25 3.6 NR 090 4.2 1.31 1.04 3.1 1.2 1.6 NR 120 7.67 3.85 ⎯ ⎯ 2.06 1.72 3.06 1.89 1.5 80 70 ⎯ ⎯ 125 120.82 64.7 1.65 1.5 108 70 60 50 40 110 106.35 1.07 2.67 4.3 2.21 7.82 2. max. approx.46 2.28 3. 82. min.44 3.5 0.07 2.8 3.5mm.73 3.69 5.6 62.06 2.6 NR 150 7.86 3.44 3.19 ⎯ ⎯ 1.9 0.5 30 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 55 52.7 0.06 1.06 3.87 0.06 1.6 NR 140 7.35 ⎯ ⎯ 2.28 3.07 2.07 3 2.31 ⎯ ⎯ 3.21 7.7 40.73 3. max.65 1.08 1.22 154.4 NR 055 4.69 5.9 195 ⎯ 105 90 75 190 183.9 1.4 NR 032 3.9 4.7 1.23 139. min.36 05 121.89 1.5 2.06 1.91 0.3 2.87 2.5 35 30 25 17 62 59.24 144.5 ⎯ ⎯ 12 10 37 34.25 3.1 0.7 152 95 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 145 140.02 04 52.4 NR 056 4.21 114.65 3.25 1.28 3.6 NR 068 4.1 37.4 3.6 NR 075 4.35 0.02 03 39.73 49.6 93 55 50 40 30 90 86.06 1.12 1.67 ⎯ ⎯ 3 2.29 2.7 0.7 62. min. and 4 f Side Cover Housing g (Geometry of locating snap ring fitted in groove) a b r0 rN e rN jD 2 jD x jD 1 Units: mm Applicable Bearings Snap Ring Groove Locating Snap Ring Side Cover Snap Ring Groove Position Geometry of snap ring Snap Ring Groove Snap Ring Groove Radius Cross Sectional Thickness fitted in groove Stepped Bore d a of Locating Snap (Reference) Diameter Diameter Width Bottom Height (Reference) Bearing Diameter Series Ring Number Slit Snap Ring Corners Width Outside Diameter Series D D1 0 2.4 3.3mm.9 1.9 1.44 5.65 1.25 3. max.31 2.72 07 139.06 3.35 0.25 3.71 3.88 ⎯ ⎯ 1.14 3.1 1.02 04 60. and 83.4 3.9 1.45 3. 3.9 2.1 3 10 212.4 3.02 04 55.9 0.31 2.5 0.82 2.7 1.74 03 30.79 86.7 1.35 2.83 71.7 2.06 2.28 3.6 123 ⎯ 65 55 45 120 115.46 2. The dimensions of these snap ring grooves are not applicable to bearings of dimension series 00.06 3.85 4.86 3.12 1.4 NR 035 3.4 NR 040 3.35 0.23 134.02 04 57.5 17 15 10 ⎯ 35 33.7 157 100 85 70 60 150 145.85 4.6 47.82 2.5 90 80 65 55 140 135.21 7.3 42 ⎯ 17 ⎯ ⎯ 40 38.6 NR 085 4.28 3.36 05 96.9 0.7 0.6 NR 065 4.04 3.9 2.12 1.7 71.85 4.5 0.75 39.02 04 61.06 1.9 1.9 2.1 0.12 1.7 2.6 NR 095 4.21 7. min.04 3.49 2.2 1.7 172 110 95 80 ⎯ 170 163.71 3.87 2. The minimum permissible chamfer dimension rN on the snap-ring side of outer rings is 0.4 3.02 03 48.35 1.84 0.9 ⎯ ⎯ 1.6 NR 072 4.45 3.25 3.45 4.81 81.6 76 ⎯ 35 30 20 72 68.4 12 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 28 26.31 1.7 2.4 NR 052 4.9 2.69 5.5 15 12 ⎯ 9 32 30.5 ⎯ 22 ⎯ ⎯ 50 47. max.4 NR 037 3.6 9.5 26.65 193.5 24.32 2.31 1.06 2.02 03 41.1 1.25 1.72 07 134.1 0.9 4.1 3 10 192.6 NR 170 9. min.6 05 74.36 05 116.35 0.15 3.6 9.13 ⎯ ⎯ 5.12 1.5 20 ⎯ 15 12 42 39.4 NR 030 3.6 52.6 NR 130 7.7 141.06 1.69 5.6 55.29 3. 4 b r0 e f DX g Diameter D2 0 2 3 4 max.7 2. max.04 3.65 1.04 3.35 2.04 3.7 64.2 NR 026 (1) 2.6 53.85 4.89 1.67 4.49 2.6 05 86.9 0.2 1.35 0.28 3.14 5.6 05 78.1 ⎯ ⎯ 3.82 2.02 03 36.1 0.7 1.2 1.52 ⎯ ⎯ 2.29 3.12 1.6 04 70. max.66 173.06 2. it is 0.45 3.65 3.46 2.6 103 65 55 45 35 100 96.4 3.35 0.71 3.9 205 130 110 95 80 200 193.28 3.84 0.3 49 25 20 17 ⎯ 47 44.87 2.72 07 159.12 1.17 0.87 0.35 0.71 3.28 3.89 1.

5.indd 54-55 11/20/13 4:50:37 PM . Basic numbers. 12 1 (0) 2 NN Type Cylindrical 330 3 3 0 some examples of bearing designations are shown Roller Bearing Self-Aligning 13 1 (0) 3 here: 331 3 3 1 Ball Bearings 22 (1) 2 2 (Example 6) HR 3 0 2 0 7 J Tapered Roller 302 3 0 2 23 (1) 2 3 Small Diameter of Cup Bearings 322 3 2 2 Raceway and Contact Angle NU10 NU 1 0 Conform to ISO NU20 NU (0) 2 332 3 3 2 (Example 1) 6 3 0 8 ZZ C3 Bearing Bore 35mm NU22 NU 2 2 Radial Clearance C3 Diameter Series 2 303 3 0 3 (Internal Clearance Symbol) NU30 NU (0) 3 323 3 2 3 Shields on Both Sides Width Series 0 NU23 NU 2 3 (Shield Symbol) Tapered Roller Bearing NU40 NU (0) 4 230 2 3 0 Bearing Bore 40mm (Bore Number) High Capacity Bearing NJ20 NJ (0) 2 231 2 3 1 Spherical 222 2 2 2 } Diameter Series 3 Bearing NJ22 NJ 2 2 (Example 7) 2 4 0 /1000 M K30 E4 C3 Roller Single-Row Deep Series NJ30 NJ (0) 3 232 2 3 2 Groove Ball Bearing Symbol Bearings Radial Clearance C3 NJ23 NJ 2 3 213 (1) 2 0 3 (Example 2) 7 2 2 0 A DB C3 Outer Ring with Oil Groove NJ40 NJ (0) 4 Single-Row 223 2 2 3 and Oil Holes Axial Clearance C3 Cylindrical (0) Tapered Bore (Taper 1:30) NUP20 NUP 2 Back-to-Back Arrangement Roller NUP22 NUP 2 2 511 5 1 1 Machined Brass Cage Bearings NUP30 NUP (0) 3 512 5 1 2 Contact Angle 30 o Bearing Bore 1000mm NUP23 NUP 2 3 Thrust Ball 513 5 1 3 Bearing Bore 100mm Diameter Series 0 514 5 1 4 Diameter Series 2 NUP40 NUP (0) 4 Bearings with Width Series 4 Flat Seats 522 5 2 2 Single-Row Angular Contact Ball N10 N 1 0 Bearing Spherical Roller Bearing N20 N (0) 2 523 5 2 3 (Example 3) 1 2 0 6 K +H206X N30 N (0) 3 524 5 2 4 Adapter with 25mm Bore (Example 8) 5 1 2 1 5 N40 N (0) 4 Spherical 292 2 9 2 Tapered Bore (Taper 1:12) Bearing Bore 75mm NF2 NF (0) 2 Thrust Roller 293 2 9 3 Bearing Bore 30mm Diameter Series 2 NF3 NF (0) 3 Bearings 294 2 9 4 Diameter Series 2 NF4 NF (0) 4 Height Series 1 Self-Aligning Ball Bearing Note (1) Bearing Series Symbol 213 should logically be 203.2 Formulation of Bearing Numbers (Example 4) NU 3 1 8 M CM Table 7. A 54 A 55 A024-057E. internal clearance. and the meanings of common Bearing Bore 85mm Angular Contact numbers and symbols are listed in Table 7. They consist of Bearing Type Series Bearing Type Series Symbols Diameter basic numbers and supplementary symbols. For reference. Machined Brass Cage Bearing Bearing Type Type Width and other related specifications. NSK uses auxiliary symbols other than Deep Groove 60 6 (1) 0 Roller Bearings those specified by JIS. Due to a need for more detailed Single-Row 69 6 (1) 9 Cylindrical (Example 5) NN 3 0 1 7 K CC1 P4 NN30U NNU 3 0 classification. Accuracy of ISO Class 4 Ball Bearings 62 6 (0) 2 Bearing numbers consist of a basic number and Radial Clearance in Non. boundary dimensions. 63 6 (0) 3 NA48 NA 4 8 supplementary symbols. Thrust Ball Bearing Remarks Numbers in ( ) in the column of width symbols are usually omitted from the bearing number. Symbols and the bearing numbers of these standard bearings NU Type Cylindrical Roller Bearing 68 6 (1) 8 Double-Row are specified by JIS B 1513 (Bearing Numbers for NNU49 NNU 4 9 Rolling Bearings). but customarily it is numbered 213. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS 7. Electric-Motor Bearings CM dimensional and running accuracies. The Bearing Bore 90mm Symbols Width Diameter Symbols Symbols Symbols or boundary dimensions of commonly used bearings Diameter Series 3 Symbols Symbols Height Symbols mostly conform to the organizational concept of ISO. 5 Bearing Series Symbols Bearing numbers are alphanumeric combinations Radial Clearance for Dimension Symbols Dimension Symbols that indicate the bearing type. The basic number indicates Interchangeable Cylindrical Needle Roller NA49 NA 4 9 the bearing series(type) and the width and diameter Roller Bearings CC1 79 7 (1) 9 Bearings NA59 NA 5 9 series as shown in Table 7.6. Tapered Bore (Taper 1:12) Single-Row 70 7 (1) 0 NA69 NA 6 9 supplementary symbols.6 (Pages 72 7 (0) 2 Diameter Series 0 Ball Bearings A56 and A57). The contact angle symbols and other 73 7 (0) 3 329 3 2 9 supplementary designations are shown in successive Width Series 3 320 3 2 0 columns from left to right in Table 7.

1 Notes ( ) JIS : Japanese Industrial Standards. Shields Symbol for Design Symbol Symbol Symbol of Rings Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning (radial clearance) Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning 68 69 Single- Row Deep 1 Bearing 1mm Bore ( Angular Contact Ball ) A Internal Design Differs from g Case-Hardened Steel Used in M Machined Brass Cage Z ZS } Shield on One K Tapered Bore of DB Back-to-Back Arrangement C1 Clearance Less than C2 Omitted ISO Normal ( Bearings treated for ) +K Bearings with Outer AS2 SHELL ALVANIA For All Radial Brgs. five times the bore number gives the bore size (mm) (except double. Groove Ball 2 2 Bearings Standard One Rings. A 56 A 57 A024-057E. (3) For Bearing Bore Numbers 04 through 96. 2 02 150 CC1 Lower than Outer Ring 22 of 40° Rubber Seal than CC2 For Non-Interchangeable Spacers Cylindrical Roller Brgs. refer to Page B111. : Rubber Seal Outer Ring Omitted Class 4 Omitted Contact Angle on One Side Clearance Less than S11 Dimensional 320 Tapered 06 300 Less than 17° MC2 For Extra-Small EA Only MC3 Stabilizing 322 Roller ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ N Snap Ring Treatment Bearings ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ MC3 Normal Clearance 323 ( 2) ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ Groove in PN2 Class 2 Working VV Non. Marked on Bearings Not Marked on Bearings on Bearings Notes ( ) Bearing Series Symbols conform to Table 7. (4) HR is prefix to bearing series symbols and it is NSK's original prefix. and Outer Ring Width of W Pressed ZZS } on Both Sides K30 Tapered Arrangement C4 than CN Clearance Greater P6X ISO Class 6X Temperature Lower than Ring Spacers NS7 NS HI-LUBE Tapered Roller Stainless Steel Steel Cage Bore of than C3 of 25° Bearings Conform h Inner Ring 150 °C : 00 100 Used in Rings. 5 (2) For basic numbers of tapered roller bearings in ISO's new series. Clearance Greater to ISO 355 Rolling Elements (Taper 1:30) DT Tandem C5 +KL Bearings 12 Self. +L Bearings 70 Single-Row ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ Raceway.5. (6) BAS : The Japan Bearing Industrial Association Standard. 6 Formulation of Bearing Numbers Basic Numbers Auxiliary Symbols External Features Symbol Special Bearing Series Contact Angle Arrangement Internal Clearance Symbol Tolerance Class Spacer or Sleeve Bore Number Internal Design Symbol Material Symbol Cage Symbol Symbol Preload Symbol Symbol Specification Grease Symbol Symbols (1) Symbol Seals.indd 56-57 11/20/13 4:50:38 PM . Outer Ring Clearance Greater Temperature : C Contact Angle MC4 Lower than 88 4400 about 20° E Cylindrical Roller Contact than MC3 Rubber 200°C 230 Spherical Bearings Clearance Greater 92 4600 Seals on MC5 PN3 Class 3 222 Roller Both Sides NR Snap Ring than MC4 Bearings 96 4800 Groove with Clearance Greater 223 D Contact Angle E Spherical Thrust Snap Ring MC6 than MC5 : /500 5000 about 28° Roller Bearings in Outer Ring PN0 Class 0 511 Thrust Ball /530 5300 Clearance in Deep Groove Bearing with CM Ball Bearings for Electric 512 Flat Seats /560 5600 Motors 513 PN00 Class 00 ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ : ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ CT Clearance in Cylindrical ⋅ ⋅ Roller Bearings for Electric 292 Thrust CM Motors Spherical /2 360 2 360 00 293 Roller /2 500 2 500 00 294 : Bearings (Preload of Angular Contact Ball Bearing ) EL Extra light Preload HR(4) High Capacity L Light Preload Tapered Roller Bearings. Rolling Side Inner Ring C2 Clearance Less Ring GREASE S2 60 Bearings A Standard Elements than CN Dimensional Spacers Only (Taper 1:12) 3 3 Contact Angle J Smaller Diameter P6 ISO Class 6 Stabilization ENS ENS GREASE : Omitted CN Clearance ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ of 30° of Outer Ring DF Face-to. Arrangement than C4 with Both 01 120 P5 ISO Class 5 X28 Working PS2 MULTEMP PS 13 Aligning Ball B Standard Temperature Inner and Bearings Contact Angle DU Contact Clearance Less No. Partially the same as JIS(5) JIS(5) BAS(6) Marked on Bearings Not Marked In Principle. direction thrust ball bearings). Contact Face Clearance Greater Angular ⋅⋅ ⋅⋅ ZZ Shields C3 X26 Working with Inner 72 73 Contact Ball Bearings 9 9 A5 Standard Contact Angle Angle. BOUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR BEARINGS Table 7. and others M Medium Preload H Heavy Preload Partially the Partially the Same as Symbols and Numbers Conform to JIS(5) NSK Symbol NSK Symbol same as JIS(5) NSK Symbol same as JIS(5)/ Same as JIS(5) NSK Symbol. on One Side 200 °C : 03 170 E Notch or Clearance Less T Synthetic Only CC2 than CC P4 ISO Class 4 Resin Cage Lubricating NU10 Cylindrical Groove in X29 Working H Adapter NJ 2 Roller Bearings /22 220 C Standard Contact Angle (For High Capacity Bearings ) Ring CC Normal Clearance Temperature Lower than Designation N 3 of 15° DDU Contact Clearance Greater P2 ISO Class 2 250 °C /28 280 CC3 than CC NN 30 Rubber AH Withdrawal Seals on Clearance Greater Sleeve : /32 320 C V Without Both Sides CC4 than CC3 ( ) Cage E4 Lubricating ABMA( )7 Designation NA48 Needle Groove in Clearance Greater Tapered CC5 ( ) Roller CA Outside than CC4 Spherical HJ Thrust NA49 NA69 Bearings 04(3) 05 200 250 (Tapered Roller Bearings ) CD Spherical Roller Bearings V Non- Contact Surface and Holes in MC1 Clearance Less than MC2 roller bearing Roller Bearings Collar Designation and Miniature Ball Brgs. (7) ABMA : The American Bearing Manufacturers Association.

& Ds Deviation of a single outside dia.2 Stops at two points for at three points around Applicable Reference Stops (at two points) inside or outside surface circumference Bearing Types Applicable Tolerance Classes Tables Pages Fig.4 to A74 Sd inner ring reference face (backface. Deviation Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 ⎯ (solid type) Vdp Bore dia.9 (Page A78). where Kea Radial runout of assembled brg outer ring Table applicable) runout with bore SD Variation of brg outside surface generatrix Thrust Spherical Roller Bearings Normal ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 8. Se or central washer is to be E ⋅ Tolerances for tapered bore diameters rotated. BEARING TOLERANCES 8. shown in Fig. Variation in a single radial Spherical Roller Bearings Normal Class 6 Class 5 ⎯ ⎯ Vdmp Mean bore dia.4 ] (A68 and A69) Notes (1) JIS : Japanese Industrial Standards (2) DIN : Deutsch Industrie Norm B jd jD (3) ANSI/ABMA : The American Bearing Manufacturers Association Remarks The permissible limit of chamfer dimensions shall conform to Table 8.7 A75 Sia Assembled brg inner ring face (back face) inclination with outer ring reference face JIS(1) Class 0 Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 ⎯ ⎯ runout with raceway (backface) Si. Class 4. nominal Bearings ANSI/ABMA ANSI/ABMA ANSI/ABMA ANSI/ABMA ANSI/ABMA Table A68 Inch Design CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 0 CLASS 00 8. nominal C T 8. nominal Roller & Bs Deviation of a single inner ring width C Outer ring width.10 (Page A80). 8.2 to A63 d Brg bore dia.1 Measuring Methods for Running Accuracy (summarized) Deep Groove Ball Bearings Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Angular Contact Ball Bearings Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Class 6 Class 5 Symbols for Boundary Dimensions and Running Accuracy Self-Aligning Ball Bearings Normal equivalent equivalent ⎯ ⎯ Table A60 8. nominal D Brg outside dia. The applicable accuracy classes for 1515 (Rolling Bearings-Tolerances) and elsewhere.4 and A69 VBs Inner ring width variation & Cs Deviation of a single outer ring width Magneto Bearings Normal Class 6 Class 5 ⎯ ⎯ Table A70 VCs Outer ring width variation 8.1 Bearing Tolerance Standards Regarding bearing accuracy classes.)×1. 1 Bearing Types and Tolerance Classes Supporting pins r (max. Needle Roller Bearings & dmp Single plane mean bore dia. with Class 2 being the ISO 5593 (Rolling Bearings-Vocabulary) and JIS B K ia Rotating Stationary A Tolerances are specified for the following items: highest in ISO. K ea Stationary Rotating A each bearing type and the correspondence of these classes are shown in Table 8. as the accuracy improves there Running Accuracy and their measuring methods are Running Inner Outer Dial running accuracy of rolling bearings are specified by are Class 6X (for tapered roller bearings).1. Variation plane VDmp Mean outside dia. besides ISO (Reference) Rough definitions of the items listed for Supplementary Table The tolerances for the boundary dimensions and normal accuracy. Class 5. Variation in a single radial plane VDp Outside dia.3 to A67 B Inner ring width. and they are described in detail in Accuracy Ring Ring Gauge ISO 492/199/582 (Accuracies of Rolling Bearings). and Class 2. 8.2 to A63 (A76 Deviation of the actual brg width ANSI/ ABMA(3) Roller Bearings RBEC 1 RBEC 3 RBEC 5 ⎯ ⎯ [ Table 8..1.8 ] and A77) & Ts Tapered Roller Bearings CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 0 CLASS 00 [ Table 8..5 and A71 Kia Radial runout of assembles brg inner ring Table A72 Thrust Ball Bearings Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 ⎯ 8. nominal Cylindrical Roller Bearings Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 & ds Deviation of a single bore dia. A 58 A 59 A058-081E.)×1. deviation & Dmp Single plane mean outside dia.2 thrust bearings Weight D Table 8. Accuracy of Rolling Bearings A ⋅ Permissible radial runout of inner and outer rings Running Accuracy ⋅ Permissible face runout with raceway inner and outer ( Items necessary to specify the runout of rotating machine parts ) rings ⋅ Permissible inner ring face runout with bore ⋅ Permissible outer ring variation of outside surface generatrix inclination with face C E ⋅ Permissible raceway to back face thickness variation of Measuring B1 r (max. Se Raceway to backface thickness variation Sea Assembled brg outer ring face (backface) Equivalent standards DIN(2) P0 P6 P5 P4 P2 ⎯ ⎯ of thrust brg runout with raceway (Reference) Ball ABEC 5 ABEC 7 ABEC 9 Table A60 Bearings ABEC 1 ABEC 3 (CLASS 5P) (CLASS 7P) (CLASS 9P) T Brg width. S ia Rotating Stationary B1 S ea Stationary Rotating B2 ⋅ Tolerances for bore and outside diameters. and the tolerances and permissible tapered bore diameters shall conform to Table 8. 8. Variation Metric Normal ⎯ ⎯ Table A64 Tapered Design Class 6X Class 5 Class 4 8.indd 58-59 11/20/13 4:51:06 PM . ring width Tolerances for Dimensions and bearing width A ( ) Measuring Sd Rotating Stationary C Items necessary to mount ⋅ Tolerances for inscribed and circumscribed circle B2 Weight SD ⎯ Rotating D bearings on shafts or in diameters of rollers housings ⋅ Tolerances for chamfer dimensions Only the shaft or housing C ⋅ Tolerances for width variation Si . Class 6.

5 120 150 0 . . . max.5 10 7 4 2. .25 0 -18 0 -13 0 -10 0 -7 0 -10 0 -7 31 31 19 23 23 14 13 10 10 8 7 19 14 7 5 3. 0.7 0 -4 0 . . 56 56 34 44 44 26 . 800 1 000 0 -1 250 . .5 120 150 0 .5 7 3 1. . . . . 1. 40 40 15 .25 0 -18 0 -13 0 -10 0 -7 0 -10 0 -7 31 31 19 23 23 14 13 10 10 8 7 19 14 7 5 3. .350 0 -350 .5 180 250 0 . . . - 1 600 2 000 0 -200 . . . 0 -630 0 -630 . . 0 -500 0 -500 . . . 38 30 . . . 140 . .8 0 . . .20 0 -15 0 -10 0 . max. . . . .5 0 -2.5 0 . . . . max. . .5 30 50 0 .80 0 . . . . . .50 0 -40 . . . . max.4 0 -2. . (5) Applicable to ball bearings such as deep groove ball bearings. .5 10 8 6 9 7 5 5 4 4 3 2. . . .5 0 . . .4 0 -2.5 9 5 2. .1. . max. . . . . . . .4 0 -2. 26 19 9 .5 0 . . 2. . .120 0 . . . max.7 0 .1. . .5 7 3 1.5 1. .5 10 6 4 2. .40 0 . . . . . ABEC3⋅RBEC3. . . 1 2. . . . . . .2. 90 . . . within a distance of 1. .5 50 80 0 . - 1 000 1 250 0 -125 . . .200 0 -200 0 -200 0 -380 0 -380 0 -380 25 25 7 4 2. max. 120 . .2. . . . . . . . . .5 7 3 1. . . . . 4 9 0.5 0 . . 1 600 2 000 Notes (1) 0. 400 500 0 . . . . . .6 0 -2.300 0 -300 0 -300 0 -500 0 -500 0 -500 30 30 10 6 5 40 20 10 8 5 11 7 5 13 8 5 180 250 0 . . . .5 0 .6(1) 2.5 6 5 3 2 1. . . .5 50 80 0 . . . . . ABMA Std 20-1996: ABEC1⋅RBEC1.5 150 180 0 . . . .5 7 3 1. 630 800 0 -1 000 . . . . . . 1 Tolerances for Inner Rings and Widths of Outer Rings & dmp (2) & ds (2) V dp (2) V dmp (2) Nominal Bore Diameter d Class 4 Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 (mm) Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Diameter Class 2 Diameter Series Diameter Series Diameter Diameter Diameter Normal Class Class Class Class Series Series Series Series 6 5 4 2 0. .5 9 5 2.4 9 0. Remarks 1. . . .5 1.5 10 18 0 . . 35 35 13 .5 80 120 0 . .5 10 0 . . .40 ⎯ ⎯ 0 -250 0 -250 12 12 5 2. . . . and ABEC9⋅RBEC9 Tolerances for the width variation of the outer ring of Class 5.5 0 .5 0 . etc. . . . . 60 30 15 .6mm is included in the group. . 315 400 0 . . . . .5 7 3 1. . 20 . 250 315 0 . .5 10 0 . . . max. .7 0 .150 0 -150 0 -150 0 -380 0 -250 0 -250 25 25 6 4 1. . .3.5 8 6 3 2. . 3. . max. . . . over incl. . .5 10 8 6 9 7 5 5 4 4 3 2. 80 . ABEC7⋅RBEC7. . max. .80 0 -250 0 -250 0 -250 20 20 5 2. . . . . . . . . .5 2. . 15 . .5 1. (3) Tolerance for width deviation and tolerance limits for the width variation of the outer ring should be the same bearing. . . . . . . . max.5 9 8 4 3 1.250 0 -250 0 -250 0 -500 0 -380 0 -380 30 30 8 5 4 30 18 8 6 5 10 6 4 10 7 5 150 180 0 . max.5 0 .10 0 . max. . . .8 0 . .5 13 8 4 3 2.5 8 5 1. . . max. . . .5 18 30 0 . . .2. . 44 44 26 31 31 19 18 14 . .5 8 4 1.5 10 18 0 . . .120 0 -120 0 -120 0 -250 0 -250 0 -250 20 20 5 3 1. . 63 63 38 50 50 30 .450 . - 500 630 0 . . .5 8 4 1. .9 0 . . . ABEC5⋅RBEC5.8 0 . . .5 1.5 10 5 4 2. 50 25 13 .4 0 -2.5 0. . . - 630 800 0 . 2 Tolerances for Radial Bearings (excluding Tapered Roller Bearings) Table 8. max. . . 80 . max. 4.12 0 -10 0 . . .7 0 .120 0 . . .8 0 .45 0 -35 . 70 .5 8 5 2. . - 400 500 0 . . 2. . . . . .5 10 7 2. .5 30 50 0 . . . 34 26 .5 30 18 8 6 2. . .2 times the chamfer dimension r (max.40 0 .4 0 -2.5 8 4 2.5 10 6 2. . . 15 . . .5 1. . 4 9 0. . and 2 are shown in Table 8. .5 0 . . max.5 25 13 6 5 2. max.40 0 -30 0 -23 . .3. max.5 2. . max. . high low high low high low high low high low high low high low max. . . . .8 0 . max. 500 630 0 . . - 315 400 0 . . max. 3. 2.6(1) 2. . . 1 2. .5 18 30 0 . 100 . .40 0 -250 0 -250 0 -250 15 15 5 2. . . 4. . . . . . 140 . . . . . . . (4) Applicable to individual rings manufactured for combined bearings. .5 15 12 9 13 10 8 8 6 6 5 2. max. . .5 0 .5 7 3 1. . and 2 respectively. 30 23 12 .2. 60 50 . . . . angular contact ball bearings. . .5 15 10 5 4 2. . .5 2 80 120 0 . 1 000 1 250 0 -1 600 . . .500 . .5 8 4 2. 65 35 .8 0 -5 25 25 15 19 19 11 10 8 8 6 5 15 11 5 4 2. 1 250 1 600 0 -2 000 . . . 4 9 0. max. . 0 .5 1. . .5 6 5 3 2 1. . . . . - 1 250 1 600 0 -160 . . 6.8 0 -5 0 . 70 40 .5 6 5 3 2 1.40 0 . . . . .5 1. . . 3. . . . . .5 10 8 6 9 7 5 5 4 4 3 2.250 0 -250 0 -250 0 -500 0 -380 0 -380 30 30 8 5 2. . . 5.35 0 -25 0 -18 .) from the ring face. . - Units : μm & Bs (or & Cs )( 3 ) V B s (or V C s ) K ia Sd S ia (5) Nominal Bore Diameter Single Bearing Combined Bearings (4) Inner Ring (or Inner Ring d Outer Ring) (3) Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 (mm) Normal Class 5 Normal Class 5 Normal Class Class Class Class Class 6 Class 4 Class 2 Class 6 Class 4 Class 2 6 5 4 2 high low high low high low high low high low high low max. BEARING TOLERANCES BEARING TOLERANCE Table 8. .5 1. . .5 20 10 5 4 2. . . . .4 0. . . . . . . . .30 0 -22 0 -15 0 -12 0 -8 0 -12 0 -8 38 38 23 28 28 17 15 12 12 9 8 23 17 8 6 4 250 315 0 . .1. . .indd 60-61 11/20/13 4:51:07 PM . . 50 45 . .120 0 -120 0 -120 0 -250 0 -250 0 -250 20 20 5 2. .400 0 -400 . .75 . . . . . . The cylindrical bore diameter "no-go side" tolerance limit (high) specified in this table does not necessarily apply (2) Applicable to bearings with cylindrical bores. . . .750 . are equivalent to Classes Normal. .6 0 . . .7 0 -4 19 19 11 15 15 9 9 7 7 5 4 11 9 5 3. - 800 1 000 0 -100 .4 over incl. . 120 . . .4 0 -2.2. 100 .6 0 -2. .3.15 0 -12 0 . A 60 A 61 A058-081E. . . . 13 . . 50 50 30 38 38 23 23 18 .5 13 10 8 10 8 6 6 5 5 4 2. .5 0 -2. .

. . 1 600 2 000 250 . . .5 8 5 2. . and ABEC9⋅ RBEC9 Diameter are equivalent to Classes Normal. . . 63 63 38 . . .5 5 2. 34 25 12 .5 2. . . 35 35 21 . . - 1 600 2 000 0 -200 . . - Notes (1) 2. 20 15 15 11 10 30 21 10 8 5 400 500 0 . . . ABEC5⋅RBEC5. .9 0 . 56 56 34 .8 0 . max. . 28 21 . . . . . . . 6. 3. max. . 23 . ABMA Std 20-1996: ABEC1⋅RBEC1. max. .11 0 . . 18 . max. .30 0 -20 0 -15 0 -11 0 .4 over incl. - 2 000 2 500 0 -250 .3. max. . .5mm is included in the group. 1 000 1 250 190 . .5 18 30 0 . 25 . . 55 34 18 . . . . .5 6 5 3 2 1. 75 45 .5 8 4 1.4 0 . .5 2 80 120 0 . . .18 0 -15 0 -11 0 .5 5 2.3. . .1. . 18 . max.40 0 -28 0 -20 0 -15 0 -10 0 -15 0 -10 50 50 30 .2 times the chamfer dimension r (max. .5 1. .4 0 . . high low high low high low high low high low high low high low max.5 8 5 1. .7 0 . . .2. .4 0 . . 30 . . . . . . 15 . .4 0 . 500 630 120 60 30 .5 8 5 1. .7 0 -5 0 . max. . . BEARING TOLERANCES BEARING TOLERANCE Table 8.5 (1) 6 15 8 5 3 1. .5 1. max.1. . . .3. . . Nominal Outside 2. 3.35 0 -25 0 -18 0 -13 0 . 2. max. . .8 44 44 26 .2. - 800 1 000 0 -100 0 -60 . . . ABEC3⋅RBEC3. . . 75 75 45 .5 0 . . over incl. . . . ABEC7⋅RBEC7. . 25 25 15 . . max. . . . . . . . 35 26 . . . max.8 0 . .1. . 56 56 34 .4 0 .5 120 150 0 . max. .8 0 -6 0 .4 16 13 10 20 14 11 8 16 9 7 7 5 4 10 8 5 3.2. . and 2 respectively. . 41 41 25 . . . . 125 125 75 . . max. . .5 8 4 1. .5 2 30 50 0 . . . 2. 2.3. (3) Applicable to ball bearings such as deep groove ball bearings and angular contact ball bearings.8 0 -7 0 -5 0 . .5 10 8 6 10 9 7 5 9 5 4 4 3 2.5 150 180 0 .45 0 -33 0 -23 .75 0 -45 0 -35 . 1 2.5 1. - 500 630 0 .13 0 -11 0 -9 0 . max. .5 0 . 23 17 . Units : μ m (4) The tolerances for outer ring width variation of bearings of Classes Normal and 6 are shown in Table 8. .4 0 . . . max. . .5 0 .5 6 18 0 . . . - 1 000 1 250 0 -125 . 31 31 19 .15 0 -13 0 -10 0 . . . . .8 0 -13 0 . . .5 11 6 5 8 4 2. . . . . D Normal Class 6 Class Class 5 4 Class 2 Class Class 5 4 Class 2 Class Class 5 4 Class 2 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 (mm) max. 2 Tolerances for Radial Bearings (excluding Tapered Roller Bearings) Table 8. 630 800 140 75 . . The outside diameter "no-go side" tolerances (low) specified in this table do not necessarily apply within a distance K ea SD S ea (3) V Cs (4) of 1. . .5 30 50 25 13 8 5 4 8 4 1. . 1 250 1 600 220 . . 20 .5 5 2. . 48 48 29 .5 120 150 45 23 13 8 5 10 5 2. .4 0 . . .5 180 250 0 .5 14 8 5 8 5 2.4 0. . . 15 8 5 3 1. .8 0 -11 0 -8 38 38 23 .5 150 180 50 25 15 10 7 11 7 4 15 10 7 10 7 4 180 250 60 30 18 11 7 13 8 5 18 10 7 11 7 5 250 315 70 35 20 13 8 13 10 7 20 13 8 13 8 7 315 400 80 40 23 . . . . 3. . max.5 50 80 35 18 10 6 5 9 5 2. . Remarks 1. . . .1. . . .2.9 0 .5 10 8 6 10 9 7 5 9 5 4 4 3 2.5 23 23 14 30 19 19 11 25 11 8 9 7 5 14 11 6 5 2. . 20 . . 3. . 5. . . . - 1 250 1 600 0 -160 .5 80 120 40 20 11 7 5 10 5 2. .5 13 7 5 8 5 2. max. . .) from the ring face. . . 1 2. . . .7 0 . . 4 2. . .6 0 . . 38 29 14 . 2 000 2 500 A 62 A 63 A058-081E. . . 15 . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tolerances for Outer Rings & Dmp & Ds V Dp (2) V Dmp (2) Nominal Outside Diameter Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Class 4 D Open Type Shielded Open Type Shielded Open Type Open Type Open Type (mm) Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 4 Class 2 Class 2 Sealed Sealed Normal Class 6 Class Class 5 4 Class 2 Diameter Diameter Series Diameter Series Diameter Diameter Diameter Series Series Series Series 0. . . max.2.25 0 -18 0 -13 0 -10 0 -7 0 -10 0 -7 31 31 19 38 23 23 14 30 13 10 10 8 7 19 14 7 5 3. . . 18 14 13 10 8 26 19 9 7 4 315 400 0 . . (2) Applicable only when a locating snap ring is not used. . .2. . . 400 500 100 50 25 . .5 10 5 4 6 3 1. . max. . . . . . . .5 18 30 20 10 7 5 2. 4 0. . . - 630 800 0 . . . .5 0 .9 0 . 4. . max.6 0 . .5 1.5 6 5 3 2 1. . . . .2. .5 8 5 2. 1. .5 0 .2. 4 9 0. max. . .9 0 -7 0 .2. . . . .8 0 .1.5 6 18 15 9 6 4 2. .4 14 11 8 16 11 9 7 13 7 5 6 5 4 8 7 4 3 2 50 80 0 .4 9 0.indd 62-63 11/20/13 4:51:08 PM . . . . . . .5 19 19 11 26 16 16 10 20 10 8 8 6 5 11 10 5 4 2. . .5 8 4 1.5(1) 6 0 . .5 8 4 1. . 800 1 000 160 . .5 5 2.4 9 0. . .4 12 9 7 12 10 8 6 10 6 5 5 4 4 7 6 3 2. . . .50 0 -38 0 -28 . 94 94 55 . 4 9 0.5 0 . max. . 15 11 11 8 8 23 15 8 6 4 250 315 0 .

1 Tolerances for Inner Ring Bore Diameter and Running Accuracy Units : μ m Nominal Bore & dmp & ds V dp V dmp K ia Sd S ia Diameter T d Normal Class 6 Normal Class Class Class Normal Class Class Class Normal Class Class Class Class Class Class C (mm) Class 4 Class 4 Class 6X Class 5 Class 6X 6 5 4 Class 6X 6 5 4 Class 6X 6 5 4 5 4 4 over incl. .13 0 -11 0 . . . C Remarks 1. . 3. . Some of these tolerances conform to the NSK Standard. max. max.45 0 -33 0 -23 0 -23 45 . max. . max. . . .9 15 12 9 7 11 9 6 5 25 10 5 4 8 5 4 80 120 0 -20 0 -15 0 -10 0 -10 20 15 11 8 15 11 8 5 30 13 6 5 9 5 5 120 180 0 -25 0 -18 0 -13 0 -13 25 18 14 10 19 14 9 7 35 18 8 6 10 6 7 180 250 0 -30 0 -22 0 -15 0 -15 30 22 17 11 23 16 11 8 50 20 10 8 11 7 8 250 315 0 -35 0 -25 0 -18 0 -18 35 .30 0 -20 0 -15 0 -15 30 20 15 11 23 15 10 8 50 25 15 10 11 7 10 250 315 0 . C4 18 30 0 . . . 100 45 22 .15 0 -13 0 -10 0 -10 15 13 10 8 11 10 7 5 35 18 10 6 9 5 6 B4 120 150 0 . . . . .25 0 -18 0 -13 0 -13 25 18 14 10 19 14 9 7 45 23 13 8 10 5 8 180 250 0 .8 0 . . max. 26 .18 0 -15 0 -11 0 -11 18 15 11 8 14 11 8 6 40 20 11 7 10 5 7 jd jD 150 180 0 . . max. jd jD Table 8. 70 30 15 12 15 10 14 400 500 0 -45 0 -35 0 -27 0 -27 . .5 2. .40 0 -28 0 -20 0 -20 40 28 22 15 30 21 14 10 70 35 20 13 13 10 13 400 500 0 . max. . . . . . . BEARING TOLERANCES BEARING TOLERANCE Table 8. . . .9 13 11 8 7 10 8 6 5 25 13 8 5 8 4 5 80 120 0 .) from the ring face. max. max. - 800 1 000 0 -100 0 -60 . 85 40 20 . The bore diameter "no-go side" tolerances (high) specified in this table do not necessarily apply within a distance of 1. max. . max. max. . high low high low high low high low max. max.5 7 3 3 jd jD 18 30 0 -10 0 . B 10 18 0 .6 9 8 6 5 7 6 5 4 18 9 6 4 8 4 5 30 50 0 . .6 0 . . . .35 0 -25 0 -18 0 -18 35 25 19 14 26 19 13 9 60 30 18 11 13 8 10 315 400 0 . . 60 25 13 10 13 8 10 315 400 0 -40 0 -30 0 -23 0 -23 40 .9 0 . .50 0 -38 0 -28 0 -28 50 . . 38 . max. . 34 .9 0 .9 0 . . . . max. 27 . The outside diameter "no-go side" tolerances (low) specified in this table do not necessarily apply within a distance of 1.2 times the chamfer dimension r (max. .75 0 -45 . max. .8 0 .indd 64-65 11/20/13 4:51:09 PM . . . .) from the ring face. . 20 . . 30 . 80 40 23 15 15 11 15 500 630 0 . . max. 3 Tolerances for Metric Design Tapered Roller Bearings Table 8. A 64 A 65 A058-081E. . Some of these tolerances conform to the NSK Standard. . . max.11 0 . 2. . .7 0 . 120 60 30 .7 0 . 3. max. 2.5 8 7 5 4 6 5 5 4 15 7 3. 100 50 25 18 18 13 18 630 800 0 . 120 75 35 . - Remarks 1. .8 0 . max. high low high low high low high low max.6 10 8 6 5 8 6 5 4 18 8 4 3 8 4 4 30 50 0 -12 0 -10 0 . max. 70 35 18 14 19 13 17 500 630 0 -50 0 -40 .2 times the chamfer dimension r (max. 23 .5 0 . .7 11 9 7 5 8 7 5 5 20 10 7 5 8 4 5 50 80 0 .9 0 . . B2 630 800 0 -75 0 -60 .6 0 .8 0 . max. . . . max. . max. . max. max.8 12 10 8 6 9 8 5 5 20 10 5 4 8 4 4 50 80 0 -15 0 -12 0 . 2 Tolerances for Outer Ring Outside Diameter and Running Accuracy Units : μ m Nominal Outside & Dmp & Ds V Dp V Dmp K ea SD S ea Diameter D Normal Class 6 Normal Class Class Class Normal Class Class Class Normal Class Class Class Class Class Class (mm) Class 4 Class 4 Class 6X Class 5 Class 6X 6 5 4 Class 6X 6 5 4 Class 6X 6 5 4 5 4 4 over incl. 22 . . . . . . . max. . max.

. . . +1 200 -1 200 +1 500 -1 500 630 800 Remarks The effective width of an inner ring with rollers T1 is defined as the overall bearing width of an inner ring with rollers combined with a master outer ring. . high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low over incl. . . . All classes of four-row d (mm) Class 6X Class 6X Class 6X Normal Class 6X Normal Class 6X (mm) Class 6 Class 4 Class 6 Class 4 Class 6 Class 4 row bearings bearings over incl. 18 30 30 50 0 -120 0 -50 0 -240 0 -120 0 -100 0 -240 +200 -200 +100 0 +200 -200 +100 -100 + 50 0 +100 -100 + 50 0 + 200 . 800 315 400 400 500 0 -450 . 300 + 400 . 0 -800 0 -750 . 10 18 0 -120 0 -50 0 -200 0 -120 0 -100 0 -200 +200 -200 +100 0 +200 -200 +100 -100 + 50 0 +100 -100 + 50 0 + 200 . . Remarks The effective width of an outer ring T2 is defined as the overall bearing width of an outer ring combined with a master inner ring with rollers. . . & C 4s Diameter Diameter d Normal Class 5 Normal Class 5 Normal Class 5 All classes of double. . 450 + 600 . . . . 600 + 800 . . 0 -800 +500 -500 . 400 + 500 .+500 -500 . . 300 + 300 . Overall Bearing Width.900 400 500 500 630 0 -500 . 0 -800 0 -500 . . . 600 180 250 250 315 0 -350 0 -50 0 -700 0 -350 0 -100 0 -700 +350 -250 +200 0 +350 -250 +150 -150 +100 0 +200 -100 +100 0 + 550 . . 0 -800 +400 -400 . 200 .indd 66-67 11/20/13 4:51:10 PM . . 200 .700 + 900 . 3 Tolerances for Width. . T B2 C C C4 T1 T2 Master Master Inner Ring with Rollers Outer Ring B B4 jd jD jd jD jd jD jd jd A 66 A 67 A058-081E. 400 80 120 120 180 0 -250 0 -50 0 -500 0 -250 0 -100 0 -500 +350 -250 +150 0 +350 -250 +150 -150 + 50 0 +200 -100 +100 0 + 400 . 500 120 180 180 250 0 -300 0 -50 0 -600 0 -300 0 -100 0 -600 +350 -250 +150 0 +350 -250 +150 -150 + 50 0 +200 -100 +100 0 + 450 . 10 18 18 30 0 -120 0 -50 0 -200 0 -120 0 -100 0 -200 +200 -200 +100 0 +200 -200 +100 -100 + 50 0 +100 -100 + 50 0 + 200 . 200 . 30 50 50 80 0 -150 0 -50 0 -300 0 -150 0 -100 0 -300 +200 -200 +100 0 +200 -200 +100 -100 + 50 0 +100 -100 + 50 0 + 300 . . 3 Tolerances for Metric Design Tapered Roller Bearings Table 8. . BEARING TOLERANCES BEARING TOLERANCE Table 8. + 700 . .800 +1 000 -1 000 500 630 630 800 0 -750 . and Combined Bearing Width Units : μ m Ring Width with Rollers Outer Ring Effective Width Deviation Overall Combined Bearing Width Deviation Nominal Bore & Bs & Cs & Ts Nominal Bore & T 1s & T 2s & B 2s & B 4s .+400 -400 . . 300 50 80 80 120 0 -200 0 -50 0 -400 0 -200 0 -100 0 -400 +200 -200 +100 0 +200 -200 +100 -100 + 50 0 +100 -100 + 50 0 + 300 . . . . + 800 . 0 -800 +600 -600 . . 0 -800 0 -450 . 3. . . 550 + 700 . .+600 -600 . 700 250 315 315 400 0 -400 0 -50 0 -800 0 -400 0 -100 0 -800 +400 -400 +200 0 +400 -400 +200 -200 +100 0 +200 -200 +100 0 + 600 . .

4 high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low . .800 12. - Table 8.0000 + 13 0 +13 0 +8 0 76.700 10.700 10. . .600 4. 76 . 76 . .0000 +102 0 +51 0 .4 high low high low high low max.0000 . +127 0 +76 0 .800 12.600 24. max. .indd 68-69 11/20/13 4:51:11 PM .200 48. . +762 -762 +762 -762 +406 -406 +762 -762 . 4. . .400 36. +127 0 +76 0 .0000 266.0000 +356 -254 +203 0 +203 -203 +203 -203 +203 -203 +711 -508 +406 -203 +406 -406 +406 -406 +406 -406 +1 524 -1 524 304. 76. 4 Tolerances for Inch Design Tapered Roller Bearings (Refer to page A58 Table 8.) Table 8. 3 Tolerances for Overall Width and Combined Width Units : μ m Nominal Bore Diameter Double-Row Bearings (KBE Type) Four-Row Bearings d & Ts (KV Type) & B 2s & B 4s . max.4 high low high low high low jd jD jd jD jd jD .0000 . . .0000 + 51 0 +25 0 .00 CLASS 4.000 (mm) D≤508. 1 Tolerances for Inner Ring Bore Diameter Units : μm T B2 Nominal Bore Diameter C C C4 & ds d over incl.0000 +381 -381 +381 -381 +203 -203 +381 -381 .0000 . 0 CLASS 00 B B4 (mm) 1/25. BEARING TOLERANCES BEARING TOLERANCE Table 8. 51 38 18 . 00 CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 0.600 24. +1 524 -1 524 A 68 A 69 A058-081E. 76 51 51 . 4. KBE KV 914. . 3 D≤508.000 (mm) (mm) 1/25.0000 1 219.0000 + 25 0 +13 0 +8 0 51 38 8 4 2 304. CLASS 4. 76 .0000 914. +381 -381 +381 -381 .0000 609. +1 524 -1 524 609.5000 + 25 0 +13 0 +8 0 266.400 36.200 3. & C 4s CLASS 3 CLASS 3 over incl.400 36. . . 0 CLASS 00 CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 0 CLASS 00 (mm) 1/25.5000 + 25 0 +13 0 +8 0 51 38 8 4 2 266.800 12.0000 914. .600 24. max.0000 1 219. +762 -762 . 76 . - 914. 2 CLASS 3.0000 +102 0 +51 0 . - 609.600 24.200 48.800 12.4 (mm) 1/25. - 1 219.0000 304.200 3.5000 304.4 (mm) 1/25. 1 for the tolerance class "CLASS ** " that is the tolerance classes of ANSI/ABMA. K ea D over incl. .0000 + 76 0 +38 0 . +381 -381 .200 48. CLASS 4. - Table 8.0000 609.5000 304.000 (mm) D>508.200 48. CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 0.0000 +203 0 +203 0 +203 -203 +203 -203 +203 -203 +406 0 +406 0 +406 -406 +406 -406 +406 -406 +1 524 -1 524 101. . +762 -762 +762 -762 .0000 + 76 0 +38 0 . .000 (mm) D>508.0000 + 51 0 +25 0 .0000 609. 4.700 10. 2 CLASS 3.800 12.600 4.0000 + 25 0 +13 0 . - 609. max.700 10. 2 Tolerances for Outer Ring Outside Diameter and Radial Runout of Inner and Outer Rings Units : μm Nominal Outside Diameter & Ds K ia .4 (mm) 1/25. 101.400 36.800 12.600 24. - 304.600 24. - 1 219. 266. .

high low max. max. 8 0 -7 0 -5 6 5 4 6 5 3 15 8 5 8 8 18 30 + 9 0 +8 0 +6 0 0 . high low high low max. 80 20 5 +120 -120 10 7 4 7 7 18 30 0 -10 0 -8 0 -6 8 6 5 8 6 3 0 -120 0 -120 20 5 +120 -120 13 8 4 8 8 Note (1) The width deviation and width variation of an outer ring is determined according to the inner ring of the same bearing. max.5 10 0 . max. max. A 70 A 71 A058-081E. max. max. max. 8 0 -7 0 -5 6 5 4 6 5 3 0 -120 0 . 5. 40 15 5 +120 -120 10 6 4 7 7 10 18 0 . Table 8. high low high low high low max.indd 70-71 11/20/13 4:51:12 PM . BEARING TOLERANCES Table 8. 2. max. high low high low high low high low high low high low max. max. Remarks The bore diameter "no-go side" tolerances (high) specified in this table do not necessarily apply within a distance of 1. 8 0 -7 0 -5 6 5 4 6 5 3 0 -120 0 .2 times the chamfer dimension r (max. 5. max. 5 Tolerances for Magneto Bearings Table 8. max. max. max. max.) from the ring face. 1 Tolerances for Inner Rings and Width of Outer Rings Units : μm Nominal Bore & dmp V dp V d mp & B s (or & Cs ) (1) V Bs (or V Cs ) (1) & Ts K ia Sd S ia Diameter d (mm) Class Class Class Class Normal Normal Normal Class 6 Normal Class 6 Class 5 Normal Normal Class 5 Class 5 Normal Class 6 Class 5 Class 5 Class 5 6 5 6 5 Class 6 Class 6 Class 5 over incl. max. max. 2 Tolerances for Outer Rings Units : μ m & Dmp Nominal Outside V Dp V Dmp K ea S ea SD Diameter Bearing Series E Bearing Series EN D (mm) Normal Class 6 Class 5 Normal Class 6 Class 5 Normal Class Class Normal Class Class Normal Class Class Class Class 6 5 6 5 6 5 5 5 over incl.) from the ring face. max.2 times the chamfer dimension r (max. max. max. 9 0 -8 0 -6 7 6 5 7 6 3 15 9 6 8 8 30 50 +11 0 +9 0 +7 0 0 -11 0 -9 0 -7 8 7 5 8 7 4 20 10 7 8 8 Remarks The outside diameter "no-go side" tolerances (low) do not necessarily apply within a distance of 1. 6 18 + 8 0 +7 0 +5 0 0 . max.

. 30 0 -20 0 . 15 0 -12 11 9 10 7 4 3 50 80 0 . 45 0 -35 34 26 30 18 9 6 400 500 0 . 7 0 . 29 14 8 0 . but on d for single- direction bearings with the same D in the same diameter series. 30 30 50 0 . - 1 250 1 600 0 -160 . . 38 19 11 0 . 25 0 -15 0 . 50 0 -38 0 . 35 0 -25 0 . 10 0 . . 8 0 -7 6 5 10 5 3 2 10 18 0 .8 8 6 10 5 3 2 18 30 0 . max. . max. - Note (1) For double-direction bearings. . 45 0 -33 0 . . 50 0 -40 38 30 35 21 11 7 500 630 0 .indd 72-73 11/20/13 4:51:13 PM . . 35 50 80 0 .90 250 315 0 . - 1 000 1 250 0 -125 . 33 17 10 0 . . 22 0 -13 0 . 40 0 -30 30 23 30 15 7 5 315 400 0 . 18 0 . . 30 0 -22 23 17 20 10 5 4 180 250 0 . .75 38 29 0 -180 630 800 0 . max. jd jd jD jd T T3 T4 T6 B jd2 T1 T5 B jd 2 T7 jD T2 jD T8 jD3 jD jD 3 A 72 A 73 A058-081E. 6 Tolerances for Thrust Ball Bearings Table 8. 11 0 . over incl. . 45 23 15 0 . 75 180 250 0 . 25 0 -18 19 14 15 9 5 4 120 180 0 . applies only to flat-seat thrust bearings. BEARING TOLERANCES Table 8. 1 000 1 250 0 -125 . 75 0 -50 .68 34 25 0 -135 500 630 0 . 6. . 75 0 -45 0 -113 55 34 0 -225 800 1 000 0 -100 . 16 0 . 40 0 -28 0 . . 20 0 -15 15 11 15 8 4 3 80 120 0 . 45 30 15 . 13 0 . 2 Tolerances for Outside Diameter of Housing Washers and Aligning Seat Washers Units : μm Units : μ m Aligning Seat Washer Nominal Outside Diameter of & Dmp Outside Diameter Nominal Bore & d mp or & d 2 mp V d p or V d 2 p S i or S e (1) V Dp Bearing or Aligning Deviation Diameter Aligning Seat Seat Washer Flat Seat Type Washer Type & D 3s d or d2 Normal Normal D or D3 Normal Normal (mm) Class Class Class Class Normal Normal Class 6 Class 4 Class 6 Normal (mm) Class 6 Class 4 Class 6 Class 4 Class 5 Class 5 4 6 5 4 Class 6 Class 6 Class 5 Class 5 over incl. 800 1 000 0 -100 . 6. 35 0 -25 26 19 25 13 7 5 250 315 0 . 20 10 6 0 . 75 . max. . . . max. . 60 30 21 0 -120 400 500 0 . . the thickness variation doesn't depend on the bore diameter d2 . max. . 25 18 30 0 . 60 120 180 0 . 17 8 5 0 . high low . 45 80 120 0 . 53 26 19 0 -105 315 400 0 . 8 0 . . . 24 12 7 0 . . 1 Tolerances for Shaft Washer Bore Diameter and Running Accuracy Table 8. high low high low max. high low high low high low max. 19 0 -11 0 . 12 0 -10 9 8 10 6 3 2 30 50 0 . 50 35 18 . The thickness variation of housing washers. . 9 0 . 40 25 13 8 630 800 0 . Se.

3 Tolerances for Thrust Ball Bearing Height and Central Washer Height Table 8. high low high low high low high low high low high low high low over incl. 30 T 250 315 0 .2 times the T6 chamfer dimension r (max. 2 Tolerances for Housing Ring Diameter (Class Normal) Units : μ m Nominal Outside Diameter D & Dmp (mm) over incl. jD 3 jd T jD A 74 A 75 A058-081E. Class 6 Normal.indd 74-75 11/20/13 4:51:14 PM . necessarily apply within a distance of 1. Table 8. Class 6 Diameter (mm) & dmp V dp Class 5. high low jd - jd 120 180 0 25 180 250 0 . Class 4 d Sd & Ts (mm) over incl. from the ring face. 7.2 times the chamfer dimension r (max.75 + 50 -150 + 50 .75 + 50 -150 0 . 6. Class 4 Class 6 Class 6 Class 6 Class 6 Class 5.) Remarks & Ts in the table is the deviation in the respective heights T in figures below. Class 4 Class 5. 7. BEARING TOLERANCES Table 8. 1 Tolerances for Bore Diameters of Shaft Rings and Height (Class Normal) Nominal Bore Flat Seat Type Aligning Seat Washer Type With Aligning Seat Washer Height Deviation of Central Washer Units : μm Diameter & Ts or & T 2 s & T1s & T 3 s or & T 6 s & T5s & T 4 s or & T 8 s & T7s & Bs Nominal Bore Reference d (1) Normal.75 +150 -150 0 . 50 630 800 0 . 7 Tolerances for Thrust Spherical Roller Bearings Units : μm Table 8. high low max. 30 0 .) from T5 B jd 2 T7 jD T8 the ring face.75 800 1 000 0 -100 jd Remarks The outside diameter "no-go side" jD tolerances (low) specified in this B jd2 T1 table do not necessarily apply T2 within a distance of 1.75 50 80 0 -15 11 25 +150 -150 50 80 0 -125 +100 -250 0 -125 +100 -250 + 75 -125 +250 -250 0 -100 80 120 0 -20 15 25 +200 -200 120 180 0 -25 19 30 +250 -250 80 120 0 -150 +125 -300 0 -150 +125 -300 + 75 -150 +275 -300 0 -125 120 180 0 -175 +150 -350 0 -175 +150 -350 +100 -175 +350 -350 0 -150 180 250 0 -30 23 30 +300 -300 180 250 0 -200 +175 -400 0 -200 +175 -400 +100 -200 +375 -400 0 -175 250 315 0 -35 26 35 +350 -350 315 400 0 -40 30 40 +400 -400 250 315 0 -225 +200 -450 0 -225 +200 -450 +125 -225 +450 -450 0 -200 315 400 0 -300 +250 -600 0 -300 +250 -600 +150 -275 +550 -550 0 -250 400 500 0 -45 34 45 +450 -450 Note (1) For double-direction bearings. 40 jD 400 500 0 . 35 T3 T4 jD 315 400 0 .50 30 50 0 -100 + 75 -200 0 -100 + 75 -200 + 50 -100 +175 -200 0 . 45 jD3 500 630 0 . Class 6 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal. high low . max. its classification depends on d for single-direction bearings with the same D in the Remarks The bore diameter "no-go side" tolerances (high) specified in this table do not same diameter series.

4 0 -400 5. high low high low max. max.8 2.6 3. max.5 1.3 0 -25.8 0 -5.5 1.1 0 -3. max.3 7.8 7.5 0 -5.4 0 -400 5. high low high low high low high low max. max. max.3 2.3 18 30 0 -5. max.5 1.3 2.3 7.1 2.8 1.1 +1 -6. max.1 0 -2.8 2.5 2. (2) Tolerances for Outer Rings Units : μm Flange & D mp & Ds V Dp V D mp V Cs ( ) 1 SD K ea S ea Deviation of Backface Nominal Deviation of Flange Outside Runout Outside Flange Width with Diameter Diameter CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS CLASS 5P CLASS & C 1s Raceway CLASS 7P CLASS 9P CLASS 7P 9P CLASS 7P 9P & D 1s D (2) S ea 1 CLASS 5P CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P (mm) CLASS 7P Shielded Open Open Open Shielded Open Open Shielded Open CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS 5P Sealed Sealed Sealed CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P over incl. 10 0 -5.1 0 -3.5 5.5 1. max.6 Notes ( ) Applicable to flange width variation for flanged bearings.1 2. max.6 5.1 5.6 3.8 1. max.1 0 -3.1 2. 1 Remarks For the CLASS 3P and the tolerances of Metric design Instrument Ball Bearings.3 5.1 2. max.3 0 -25. max.5 0 -25.4 0 -50.1 2.3 2.3 7. and CLASS 9P (ANSI/ABMA Equivalent) (1) Tolerances for Inner Rings and Width of Outer Rings Units : μm Nominal & d mp & ds V dp V d mp & Bs (or & Cs ) V Bs K ia S ia Sd Bore Diameter Single Brgs Combined Brgs (1) d CLASS 5P CLASS 9P CLASS 5P CLASS 9P CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 9P CLASS 7P CLASS 9P CLASS 5P CLASS 5P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P (mm) CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 9P CLASS 9P over incl.5 0 -25.8 2.5 2.1 +1 -6. max.6 30 50 0 -5.1 2.8 1.6 2.5 5.1 0 -2.3 10 18 0 -5. max.5 1.5 1. max. max.6 3. 8 Tolerances of Instrument Ball Bearings (Inch design) CLASS 5P.1 0 -2.3 Note ( ) Applicable to bearings for which the axial clearance (preload) is to be adjusted by combining two selected bearings.5 5.5 1. CLASS 7P.3 7.3 3. max.1 3.5 1.3 7.6 18 30 0 -5.1 1.4 0 -50.1 2 2.8 2.5 0 -5.1 2 5.3 3. max.5 1.5 1.5 1. BEARING TOLERANCES Table 8. max.3 0 -25.1 2. max.6 2.8 1.3 7. .8 7.5 5.1 2. high low high low high low high low high low max. max.6 5. max. high low high low max.8 0 -5.4 0 -50. max.5 5.6 3.1 0 -2.8 1. A 76 A 77 A058-081E. 1 (2) Applicable to flange back face.8 3.6 2.8 2.5 7.1 0 -2.3 5.3 7.1 0 -2.5 2.1 2 5.5 1.6 3.5 0 -5.1 +1 -6.5 0 -5. max. max.8 7.5 1.1 1.4 0 -400 5. max.indd 76-77 11/20/13 4:51:15 PM .8 1.8 2.5 7.3 2. max.5 1.1 2 2.5 1.3 5.5 7.3 0 -25.3 3. 18 0 -5.5 1. max.1 0 -3.6 2.5 5. .1 0 -2. it is advisable to consult NSK.6 5.5 2. max.3 7.1 3.3 7.1 1.5 1.5 1. max.1 0 -2. max.1 2.3 5.

40 1.) or r1 (min.5 3 2.5 1. r (min.5 400 .5 17 6 180 .2 . 120 2 3. 15 19 8 Note (1) Inner Rings are classified by d and Outer Rings 12 .) or Bore Surface or Bearings (excluding Tapered Tapered Roller Bearings r1 (min.8 0.1 0. .16 0.5 50 .2 .5 5 2 4 2 .5 . 120 2. 80 3 4. 1. 1 Chamfer Dimension Limits for Radial Table 8. 0.1 0.) over incl.8 6 2.6 1 40 .) over incl.3 2 0.5 . 7.) (Radial Direction) Permissible Reference Permissible Reference Permissible Chamfer Reference Permissible Chamfer Nominal Bore or Permissible Chamfer Permissible Chamfer Dimension for Shaft Chamfer Nominal Bore Corner Chamfer Corner r (min.08 .) Shaft or (or Central)/Housing Washers Shaft or Housing Outer Rings Housing ra Outer Housing ra Washers r (max.5 2 2.5 4 6.) Outside Surface Roller Bearings) Units : mm Units : mm Units : mm r (max. 1.08 Outer Ring or 0.5 5 2 250 .5 0.5 10 6 5 19 25 15 7.) or r1 (max.) or r1 (max.5 0. 40 0.6 40 . 120 4 5. 0.5 surface. Radial Axial max.) 120 .) Table 8.16 0.) Shaft or for Inner/ d or D r (max. 12.4 0.6 or of Central Washer of Thrust Ball Bearings .3 0. 280 5 8 3 280 .5 8 2. Direction Direction Direction Direction Ring Side Face of Inner/ 0.8 3.9 1. 10 13 5 . 3.1 1.) ra r (min. 15 . 0.6 0.6 0.5 7 250 400 5 7 5 8 4 400 . . . 3 5 . 280 4 6.3 . BEARING TOLERANCES r (max.) (Axial Direction) r (min.3 3 0.5 8. 40 0. 9.1 4.05 0.15 0.2 0.05 .5 6 250 400 6 8 .5 .5 9 15 21 12 6 .15 .5 15 8 4 .1 .5 0.) r1 (min. 9.6 0. 180 6.1 0.1 2 3 2.7 1 been specified but its profile in the axial plane shall 1.5 7.9 3 250 . 4.5 120 250 4.5 2.6 r1 : Chamfer Dimension of Inner/Outer Ring (Front Side) .1 0. 3 Chamfer Dimension Limits for Thrust Bearings r1 (min.8 0. 0.5 1 1 0.1 2.7 1. 120 2.) or r1 (min. . Radial Axial max. .3 0. .2 1 Remarks The precise shape of chamfer surfaces has not .1 1 . 5 7 120 250 5. 6. 8 10 4 180 . . 180 7.1 0. A 78 A 79 A058-081E.5 6.15 .5 100 280 4. or the side face of an outer ring and outside .2 0.5 8 5 4 12 18 10 5 .5 7.5 120 250 2. 2. 9 11 9. 0. 4. 2 Chamfer Dimension Limits for Table 8.08 0. .) or Table 8.5 3. the value of r (max.5 4.6 2. .2 0.5 2 2 80 220 3.5 2.5 4 1 2.2 0. 21 30 12 19 . 5.15 40 .6 0.) in the axial direction is the same as that in the radial direction.5 6 2 . 0. 0. 4 5 1. 120 .08 .15 0.3 0.05 Central Washer 0.8 1 0. .8 4 not intersect an arc of radius r (min. .) for Inner/ d r (max.) or r1 (max.5 12. 50 1.5 9 3 . 18 24 10 by D.indd 78-79 11/20/13 4:51:15 PM . 40 1 2 50 .5 1.5 bore surface. . Radial or Axial Direction max.3 40 .3 2 0. 120 2.5 3 1 1 1. 0.) or r1 (max.6 0.5 2 touching the side face of an inner ring or central washer and 250 .15 . .5 6 220 .4 0.) or Dimension Dimension for Dimension Nominal Outside Dimension for Inner/ Dimension for Shaft (or Central)/Housing Corner Radius of Diameter Radius of Radius of Inner/Outer Rings Diameter (1) Outer Rings r1 (min.3 4 1. 9 Chamfer Dimension Limits (for Metric Design Bearings) r (min.5 4 3 7.7 0. 120 5 7 6 10 5 280 .5 9. 5. 1.9 3 r : Chamfer Dimension of Inner/Outer Ring 0.5 1.5 120 250 4 5.05 0.3 0. 100 3.5 .) or Rings r (min.3 0.5 .5 4 2 120 250 3. 1. 9.3 0.3 0. 25 38 15 Remarks For bearings with nominal widths less than 2mm.5 280 . 50 1.3 0.2 .8 6 3 5.5 1. . 3. 6.6 1. 120 3.

Main Shafts of Jet Engines Higher than P4 800 1 000 +140 0 +90 0 - 1 000 1 250 +165 0 +105 0 . examples of applications V d p : Bore diameter variation in a single radial plane and appropriate tolerance classes are listed for various B : Nominal Inner Ring width bearing requirements and operating conditions. P4 1 250 1 600 +195 0 +125 0 - torque variation are Servomechanisms CLASS 7P. 13 Roll Necks of Cold Rolling Mill Backup Rolls } Higher than P4 30 50 50 80 +39 +46 0 0 +25 +30 0 0 16 19 Slewing Bearings for Parabolic Antennas } Higher than P4 80 120 +54 0 +35 0 22 Dental Drills CLASS 7P. α : Half of Taper Angle of Tapered Bore Taper 1:12 Taper 1:30 α =2°23´9. P4 500 630 +110 0 +70 0 70 Centrifugal Separators P5.016665 rad Operating Conditions Examples of Applications Tolerance Classes VTR Drum Spindles P5 Taper 1 : 12 Units : μm Magnetic Disk Spindles for Computers } P5.95484° Bearing Requirement. 11 Typical Tolerance Classes for Specific Applications (Reference) =2. P2 Nominal Bore Diameter High running accuracy Rotary Printing Presses P5 d & dmp & d 1 mp .38594° =0. 80 120 +20 0 +35 0 22 α 120 180 +25 0 +40 0 40 α 180 250 +30 0 +46 0 46 j(d1 + & d 1mp ) j(d + & dmp ) 250 315 +35 0 +52 0 52 +40 +57 jd1 jd 315 400 0 0 57 400 500 +45 0 +63 0 63 500 630 +50 0 +70 0 70 Notes (1) Applicable to all radial planes of tapered bores. Class Normal tolerances are d : Nominal Bore Diameter adequate in nearly all cases for satisfactory d 1 : Theoretical Diameter of Larger End of Tapered Bore performance.indd 80-81 11/20/13 4:51:16 PM . =0. P4. P4 over 18 incl. 1 required (2) Not applicable to diameter series 7 and 8.4 or higher & dmp : Single Plane Mean Bore Diameter Deviation in Theoretical Diameter of Smaller End of Bore are more suitable. etc. please contact NSK. } P5.4 α =57´17.2 Selection of Accuracy Classes For general applications.& dmp Vdp (1) (2) (mm) is required Rotary Tables of Vertical Presses.& dmp Vdp (1) (2) (mm) over incl. P4 630 800 +125 0 +80 0 . P4. P4 250 315 +81 0 +52 0 52 Extra high speed is High Frequency Spindles CLASS 7P.4 Table 8. P4 315 400 +89 0 +57 0 57 400 500 +97 0 +63 0 63 required Superchargers P5.11. in Table 8. Low torque and low Gyroscope Gimbals CLASS 7P. CLASS 5P 120 180 +63 0 +40 0 40 180 250 +72 0 +46 0 46 Gyroscopes CLASS 7P.041643 rad =0. 30 high +33 low 0 high +21 low 0 max. B B 8.10 Tolerances for Tapered Bores (Class Normal) Nominal Tapered Bore Tapered Bore with Deviation in Single Plane Taper 1 : 30 Mean Bore Diameter Units : μ m & d 1mp –jd mp Nominal Bore Diameter 2 d & dmp & d 1 mp . CLASS 5P Notes ( ) Applicable to all radial planes of tapered bores. but for the following applications. P2 Machine-Tool Main Spindles P5. high low high low max. Remarks For a value exceeding 630 mm. Potentiometric Controllers CLASS 7P A 80 A 81 A058-081E. & d1mp : Single Plane Mean Bore Diameter Deviation in Theoretical Diameter of Larger End of Bore For reference. BEARING TOLERANCES Table 8. Taper 1:12 d1 = d + 1/12 B Taper 1:30 d1 = d + /30 B bearings having an accuracy class of 5. (2) Not applicable to diameter series 7 and 8.

interference should be ring and shaft. . Rotating If the housing is thin or the bearing is mounted on a Load Inner Ring due to temperature difference (mm) Stationary Load & T : Temperature difference between bearing hollow shaft. therefore. (9. .. a harmful the load and operating conditions.. . In addition. guide. Generally. .(9. interference often For ground shafts d+2 circumferential slipping may occur between the inner becomes shortage. where & d F : Interference decrease of inner ring Fr : Radial load applied on bearing be eliminated using only axial tightening through (N). .1.. (N)¹ fitted surfaces become abraded. as a general The effective interference decreases due to the to prevent damage to the fitting surfaces due to creep. Creep cannot always 150 mm is about 95% of the apparent interference. º . . This slipping of the inner ring. .0015& T⋅d × 10 –3 . . (mm) (5) Fitting Stress and Ring Expansion and d : Bearing bore diameter (mm) B : Nominal inner ring width (mm) however. . the following equations: The proper fit may be selected from Table 9. . .1) B d – It is important to prevent creep by having sufficient & dF =0. . . .1~0.1 Importance of Proper Fits (1) Load Conditions and Fit larger than the interference given by Equation (9. means of bearing mounting and dismounting. .2 10 . Stationary Rotating Load bearing steel=12.5) of the ring relative to the shaft if the interference by the bearing load. is estimated to be about (0. the temperature difference between the bearing and considered. . . Fits are sometimes made B : Nominal inner ring width (mm) When bearings are mounted with interference on Fr : Radial load applied on bearing (3) Interference Variation Caused by Temperature without any interference for either the inner or outer a shaft or in a housing. then the temperature difference contraction of the rings. Therefore. must be considered when selecting Rotating Stationary where & d T : Decrease in interference of inner ring the proper fit. therefore. a split housing should be avoided Outer Ring α : Coefficient of linear expansion of when a tight fit with the outer ring is required. results in a circumferential displacement The interference of the inner ring is slightly reduced For machined shafts & d= d + 3 & da . ..1.. many factors.. the loss of interference fit is not sufficiently tight. the rings either expand or (N). Outer Ring Load (4) Effective Interference and Finish of Shaft and Load Stationary Loose Fit Tight Fit Housing Stationary Since the roughness of fitted surfaces is reduced Inner Ring during fitting. . the effective B r interference of bearings with a bore diameter of 30 to interference to firmly secure that ring which rotates where & d : Effective interference (mm) to either the shaft or housing. Excessive interference Housing to facilitate mounting and dismounting. . .1. . . . When creep occurs. {kgf}» d : Bearing nominal bore diameter (mm) particles entering the interior of the bearing. (9.. The decrease in the interference of Table 9. may damage the bearings.2.15) × & T⋅α⋅d the characteristics and magnitude of bearing load. {kgf} » According to Equations (9. the shaft is cooled. . the interference operating conditions... FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES 9. please refer to Section 11. such as Inner Ring Outer Ring Conditions Inner Ring Outer Ring & d T = (0. . . . to accommodate certain operating conditions.3): Load Application Bearing Operation Load Fitting As described previously. .7.3 Recommended Fits may be calculated using Equation (9.15) & T in case that Fitting(1) (Pages A130 and A131).. & d= & da . The pressure between fitted surfaces. or contract and stress is produced. .10 to 0. .indd 82-83 11/20/13 4:51:45 PM .25 F 10 3 .2) & d a : Apparent interference (mm) and vibration may also occur due to abrasive metallic & d≥0. {kgf} the bearing ring faces.2): called “creep”.1). and circumferential stress between the fitted surfaces of the shaft and inner ring may be calculated using the equations in Section 15. In the case of unusual their coefficients of linear expansion. . . . The amount of Rotating Stationary this interference decrease varies depending on the Load Rotating Direction of load indeterminate due to Rotating or Rotating or Direction of Load Tight Fit Tight Fit variation of direction or unbalanced load Stationary Stationary Indeterminate A 82 A 83 A082-099E... For the accuracy and surface finish of shafts and Stationary Rotating Rotating housings. Abnormal heating & dF =0. (9. . it is not necessary. expansion or housing is & T (°C). . . .2 Selection of Fit Therefore..1 Loading Conditions and Fits the inner ring due to this temperature difference & d T 9. (N)¹ Fr –3 º . therefore. a tighter than usual fit is necessary. .08 B r – F 10 3 . the effective interference becomes Load less than the apparent interference. . . it is advisable to consult NSK. .4) under the operating condition. or difference in are shown in Table 9. . . the should be estimated using the following equations: Fr –3 & d≥0. If lubrication of other applicable methods should be approximately 7/10 000 of the shaft diameter. .5×10 –6 (1/°C) The fits of both the inner and outer rings should be d : Bearing nominal bore diameter (mm) tight in applications where the shaft is subjected to considerable vibration. A Tight Fit Loose Fit split housing often deforms the bearing into an oval Load Rotating interior and surrounding parts (°C) Stationary shape. depending on the temperature difference The recommended fits for some common applications between the outer ring and housing. the effective interference & d should be roughness of the surfaces and may be estimated using 9... which is (2) Magnitude of Load and Interference d estimated using Equation (9.. . . .2 to 9. .1 based on However.1 Fits 9. . . In this case. H0. in the case of heavy loads where the radial In the case of a rolling bearing with the inner ring fitted load exceeds 20% of the basic static load rating C 0 r. . d to the shaft with only slight interference. may increase. . (9. {kgf} Difference between Bearing and Shaft or ring.02 10 . .3) temperature differences..5). .1 (Page A100).. 9. . . .4) and (9. the maximum interference should be kept under increasing bearing temperature during operation. causing wear and B where & d : Effective interference (mm) d considerable damage to the shaft. to provide interference for rings subjected Contraction only to stationary loads.

k6 and m6 can be Medium and 100 to 140 40 to 100 40 to 65 m5 or m6 used for single-row Housings Normal or Light Easily Rotating Inner Plummer Blocks H8 — Large Motors(3). Normal or Light Machine Tools — 140 to 200 — m6 Motors(1) JS7 (J7) Possible outer ring is Loads necessary.13.13Cr(1)) Engine Main 200 to 280 140 to 200 100 to 140 n6 row angular contact Inner Ring of Inner Ring Through Load Shaft Bearings. Transport <40 Load required. and for cylindrical roller bearings with bore diameters ranging from 24 mm to 200 mm.13Cr(1)) Solid Housing Bearings When high accuracy is Equipment. Crushers — — 200 to 500 r7 required.2 for the recommended fits of housing bores of deep groove ball bearings and Woodworking h10/IT7(2) within the tolerances of cylindrical roller bearings for electric motors.06Cr(1)) Machinery. ball bearings Load Indeterminate — 200 to 400 140 to 280 p6 Grinding Spindle Rear Gears. instead of k5 and Woodworking m5.1 and 9. Radial Spherical Thrust (Spherical 200 to 400 m6 and Axial Roller Bearings of Load Plastic Rotating Outer Ring Loads or K7 Normal Loads Thrust Roller Loads Bearings) Indeterminate Extruders over 400 n6 Direction of Load Indeterminate M7 Relatively Heavy Radial Loads A 84 A 85 A082-099E. Spindles IT5 and IT7 respectively. H7 18 to 100 <40 <40 k5 or k6 Split Railway Axleboxes Applications. be tighter than those in this table.13. e. Tapered of Shaft Heavy Loads on Bearing in Automotive Wheel Hubs Roller Brgs Brgs Thin-Walled Housing or (Roller Bearings) P7 Heavy Shock Loads Crane Travelling Wheels Radial Bearings with Cylindrical Bores Rotating Normal or Heavy Automotive Wheel Hubs (Ball Bearings) N7 Easy axial Wheels on Use g5 and h5 where Outer Ring Loads Vibrating Screens displacement of Load Impossible — inner ring on shaft Stationary g6 accuracy is required. This table is applicable to cast iron and steel housings. (2) Refer to Appendix Table 11 on page C22 for the values of standard tolerance grades IT. roundness and Transmission Shafts.1 and 9.5 Fits of Thrust Bearings with Housings Remarks This table is applicable only to solid steel shafts. Tapered Roller Stationary Inner Bearings Combined Ring Load Cone Crushers All Shaft Diameters js6 (j6) Radial and — Combined Axial Loads Rotating Inner Ring Paper Pulp <200 k6 Stationary Outer Ring Loads H7 or JS7 (J7) — Load or Direction Refiners. Axles Light or Variable In case of large Solid Rope Sheaves Outer All Shaft Diameters Loads M7 Easy axial bearings. — 50 to 140 50 to 100 n6 Normal or Light Grinding Spindle Front Industrial Vehicles. Indeterminate Bearings Loads Vehicles. For housings made of light alloys. bearings with bore diameters ranging from 10 mm to 160 mm. bearing internal Load High Speed Centrifugal K6 or Shock Loads Compressor Fixed Impossible than K is used. very strict Accurate Running and Cylindrical Roller tolerances should be High Rigidity Desirable Bearings for Machine M6 or N6 Impossible Axial Loads Only All Shaft Diameters js6 (j6) — used for fitting.indd 84-85 11/20/13 4:51:46 PM . necessary.3 Fits of Thrust Bearings with Shafts Housing Bores Thrust Ball Clearance over 0.2 Fits of Radial Bearings with Shafts Table 9. <18 — — js5 or js6 (j5 or j6) General Bearing General Bearing Solid or Loads of All kinds Applications. Tolerances for Load Conditions Bearing Types Remarks Table 9.06 to 0. Electrical Home <18 — — js5 If axial displacement of Normal or Heavy Pumps Generally Light Loads Appliances Pumps.2 for the recommended fits of shafts used in electric motors for deep groove ball needle roller bearings.13.25mm For General Applications Tolerance Bearings H8 When precision is required Load Conditions Examples Shaft Diameter (mm) Remarks of Shaft Spherical Thrust Axial Loads Only Roller Bearings Main Shafts h6 or Outer ring has radial When radial loads are sustained by Central Axial Load Only All Shaft Diameters Steep Angle of Lathes js6 (j6) clearance. Construction — over 200 140 to 200 r6 clearance is Indeterminate (>0.13. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Table 9. other bearings. f6 can be Housings Tension Pulleys Ring Load displacement of Tension Pulleys h6 used to allow easy axial inner ring on shaft Rope Sheaves Heavy Shock Loads Traction Motors unnecessary movement. 2. tapered roller Loads possible Ring Load or 140 to 200 100 to 140 65 to 100 m6 Normal Loads Turbines. Rotating High Temperature Rise Direction of Paper Dryers G7 (0. Pumps. Table 9. h9/IT5(2) the deviation of the shaft Railway Axleboxes from its true geometric All Types of Loading All Shaft Diameters form. the interference should Notes (1) Cr represents the basic load rating of the bearing. cylindricity should be Note (1) Refer to Tables 9.4 Fits of Radial Bearings with Housings Shaft Diameter (mm) Tolerances for Axial Displacement Load Conditions Examples Remarks Cylindrical Roller Spherical Roller Tolerance Housing Bores of Outer Ring Load Conditions Examples Remarks Ball Brgs Brgs. g. Precision 100 to 200 40 to 140 — k6 Medium and Large Axial displacement of (<0. Remarks 1. Ball Bearings — — 280 to 500 r6 High Speed Centrifugal JS6 (J6) Possible — Machines Accurate Running Compessor Free — — over 500 r7 Bearings Desirable under Railway Axleboxes. bearings and single. Rotating under Variable Loads Tool Main Spindle Inner Ring Radial Bearings with Tapered Bores and Sleeves Load Minimum noise is Electrical Home Easily General bearing IT5 and IT7 mean that H6 — required. Conveyor Rollers Rotating desirable. Direction of Loads K7 the outer ring is not 18 to 100 — js6(j6) Crankshaft Main Impossible or Variable Blowers. Heavy Loads — 140 to 200 100 to 140 p6 Generally interference fit tighter Traction Motors. Refer to the introductory section of the bearing dimension tables (blue pages) for special fits such as drawn cup (3) Refer to Tables 9. More than CN Direction of Loads Ball Bearings For heavy loads. Appliances Possible Applications.

800 12.800 12.0005 d.600 24.0000 609.0000 304.0000 609. (mm) 1/25.0000 914. 609.0000 +25 0 ⎯ 0.800 12.000 5.0000 +25 0 + 25 0 High Speeds 304.0000 609.0000 +25 0 − 25 − 51 be adjusted axially. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Table 9.800 12.0000 +38 0 +76 +38 ⎯ ⎯ Rotating Outer Precision 76.600 24.200 3.0000 127.800 12.200 3.600 24.800 12. 609.0000 +25 0 +51 +25 axially.0000 +25 0 0 − 25 The inner ring can be displaced axially.0000 +13 0 + 30 +18 The outer ring 152.0000 +13 0 +25 +13 The outer ring can be displaced 304.600 24.200 3.0000 +76 0 − 25 −102 (2) Bearings of Precision Classes 3 and 0 (1) Units : μm (2) Bearings of Precision Classes 3 and 0 (1) Units : μ m Bore Diameter Outside Diameter Housing Bore Shaft Diameter Nominal Bore Diameters d Tolerances Tolerances Nominal Outside Diameters D Tolerances Diameter & ds & Ds Tolerances Operating Conditions Remarks Operating Conditions Remarks over incl.0000 +13 0 +38 +25 The outer ring can be easily Rotating Inner Main Spindles 304.0000 304.600 24.800 12.400 36.200 3.400 36.800 12.800 12.0000 +38 0 +102 +64 609. the outer ring is fixed without Shocks ⎯ 76.200 3.0000 914. 304.0000 914.0000 +13 0 +25 0 Generally.800 12.0000 0 position cannot 152. over incl.0000 914.0000 914.000 5.400 36.0000 +25 0 0 −25 axially.800 12.600 24.0000 609.0000 304.200 3.0000 +13 0 −13 −38 The outer ring is fixed axially. (mm) 1/25.0000 304.400 6.0000 304.4 high low high low ⎯ 76. the outer ring is fixed Main Spindles 304. Class 0 does not exist.8 mm.400 36.0000 304.400 36.400 6.6 Fits of Inch Design Tapered Roller Bearings with Shafts Table 9.0000 609.000 5.0000 +51 0 + 76 + 25 76.600 24.200 3.0000 127.600 24.0000 +13 0 + 30 +18 ⎯ Used on free.0000 914.0000 +25 0 13 +25 − − 51 Ring Loads The outer ring 76.0000 914.600 24.600 24.0000 +25 0 + 25 0 The outer ring can be displaced 609.800 12. 76.0000 +13 0 + 64 + 38 In general.800 12.400 6.0000 +25 0 + 76 + 51 displaced axially.4 (mm) 1/25. be adjusted 304.4 (mm) 1/25.0000 304.0000 +51 0 +127 + 76 clearance is usually larger than CN.200 3. 304.400 152.4 mm.0000 609.0000 304.0000 +13 0 +25 +13 Heavy Loads ⎯ Shock Loads 76. 609.0000 +25 0 + 51 0 axially.0000 +25 0 +25 0 axially.4 (mm) 1/25.600 24.200 3.800 12. adjusted axially. be adjusted 304.600 24.800 12.8 mm.0000 +13 0 + 30 +18 ⎯ position can be 6.400 6.400 6.0000 +13 0 0 −25 The outer ring is fixed axially. 76.0000 +51 0 − 25 − 76 304.0000 +13 0 ⎯ ⎯ 152.400 36.400 6.0000 304.0000 +13 0 0 − 13 127.0000 +25 0 + 64 +38 adjusted axially.600 24.600 24.0000 609.0000 +13 0 + 13 0 The inner ring cannot be displaced axially.0000 +38 0 0 −38 ⎯ −13 −25 Rotating Outer Normal Loads 76.0000 152.200 3. ⎯ 76.600 24.0000 +38 0 +89 +51 Rotating Inner Ring Loads ⎯ 76.0000 +76 0 0 Normal Loads 76.0000 127.800 12.0000 914. 609.0000 +51 0 0 − 51 axially.200 3.0000 +25 0 +64 +38 displaced axially. on free-end or 127. 609.00025 d is used.600 24.0000 +25 0 − 25 − 51 The outer ring is fixed axially.000 5.400 36.0000 914.0000 +25 0 g ance larger than CN are used.0000 304.0000 914. over incl.600 24.600 24.400 36.600 24.0000 127.0000 +76 0 +229 +152 Heavy Loads ⎯ Shock Loads 76.0000 +13 0 A minimum interference of about Used on fixed.0000 609.600 24.000 5.0000 +25 0 −13 −38 axially.600 24.indd 86-87 11/20/13 4:51:48 PM . High Speeds 609.800 12.400 36.0000 +25 0 − 13 − 38 Ring Loads The outer ring − − 51 Normal Loads 609.800 12.0000 +38 0 +102 +64 609.0000 +38 0 ⎯ 609.200 3.4 high low high low (mm) 1/25. end 304.000 5.800 12.4 high low high low (mm) 1/25.0000 609.0000 304. Used either 76. position can be 127.800 12. the 609.400 36.400 6.800 12.0000 +13 0 + 30 +18 ⎯ 152.200 3.0000 0 25 position cannot 127.0000 +38 0 +38 0 Note (1) For bearings with d greater than 304.400 36.400 36. be adjusted 304.0000 +25 0 + 25 0 When heavy or shock loads exist.200 3.0000 609.0000 609.000 5.600 24.800 12. 152.0000 304.400 6.600 24.200 3.400 36.0000 +25 0 + 76 + 51 Normal Loads 76.0000 +13 0 +13 0 Ring Loads Machine-Tool 76.0000 +76 0 + 76 0 loads.0000 609.0000 609.0000 +13 0 +38 +25 Precision Machine-Tool 76.0000 +25 0 + 64 +38 end 304.0000 +38 0 −13 −51 Note (1) For bearings with D greater than 304.800 12.0000 914.600 24.600 24.0000 +13 0 0 −13 position cannot 152.0000 914.800 12. The outer ring ⎯ 152.400 36.0000 +25 0 + 76 + 51 The outer ring can be easily Rotating Inner 304.400 36.400 36.600 24.800 12.0000 +76 0 − 25 −102 − 76 ⎯ − − 38 Rotating Outer 609. 76.0000 +76 0 +381 +305 interference is about 0.200 3.800 12.200 3. heavy or shock loads) apply.600 24.0000 304. 152. 609.0000 914.800 12.0000 304. A 86 A 87 A082-099E.7 Fits of Inch Design Tapered Roller Bearings with Housings (1) Bearings of Precision Classes 4 and 2 Units : μm (1) Bearings of Precision Classes 4 and 2 Units : μ m Bore Diameter Shaft Diameter Outside Diameter Housing Bore Nominal Bore Diameters d Tolerances Tolerances Nominal Outside Diameters D Tolerances Diameter & ds & Ds Tolerances Operating Conditions Remarks Operating Conditions Remarks over incl. Class 0 does not exist. Ring Loads 609.800 12.200 3. bearings with a clear.0000 609.600 24.600 24.0000 +25 0 + 64 + 38 For bearings with d≤152.0000 +51 0 +152 +102 Rotating Inner Ring Loads ⎯ 76.200 3.0000 914.200 3.400 6.0000 +13 0 +13 −13 −25 Ring Loads The outer ring 76.600 24.0000 914.0000 609.600 24.200 3.0000 304. Ring Loads 609.0000 304.0000 914.0000 +25 0 25 position cannot Generally.0000 +76 0 +127 + 51 Rotating Outer 304.0000 +51 0 + 51 0 figures in the above (Rotating inner ring ⎯ 76.000 5.0000 +76 0 +190 +114 fixed-end 304.4 (mm) 1/25.600 24.0000 +13 0 + 38 + 25 ⎯ 76.800 12.0000 +51 0 − 25 − 76 axially.200 3.800 12.200 3.4 high low high low ⎯ 76.800 12.200 3.800 12. 304.0000 609.0000 +51 0 g g means that the average The outer ring 76.

correction amount in the table below.15 A93 Dia.2 A90 over incl.18 A94 18 50 49 {5} 4 to 5 5 6 6 6 50 280 147 {15} 6 to 8 8 9 9 9 Note (1) Values given are axial clearances. Extra Small and Miniature Ball Bearings 9. internal clearance (called “geometrical clearance” for Diameter Symbol Consequently. clearances between the inner/outer rings and rolling of roller bearings this elastic deformation is negligibly Remarks 2. min. use the clearance correction for 2. in the case 10 only 0 7 2 13 8 23 14 29 20 37 10 18 0 9 3 18 11 25 18 33 25 45 Remarks 1. d (mm) Amount Roller Bearings Load Combined Angular Contact Ball over incl. The standard clearance is MC3. please contact NSK. the theoretical internal clearance may be over incl.8 Bearing Internal Clearance Cylindrical With Cylindrical Bores radial clearance increase caused by the measuring load in the E 30 60 (Matched) 9. max. the clearance is Table 9.9 A89 225 250 2 40 30 95 85 160 145 225 205 300 250 280 2 45 35 105 90 170 155 245 225 340 *For their classification. clearance is one of the most important tasks when caused by the measuring load. min. 40 50 1 11 6 23 18 36 30 51 45 73 Units : μ m In Table 9.11 Radial Internal Clearances in Magneto Bearings Self-Aligning Ball Bearings 9. ance 0 5 3 8 5 10 8 13 13 20 20 28 determined. A 88 A 89 A082-099E. (N) {kgf} C2 CN C3 C4 C5 9. min. min. The radial and axial clearances are defined small.45kgf} Deep Groove Ball Bearings 9.15 A92 Roller Bearings With Tapered Bores Units : μ m Nominal Bore Radial Clearance Correction Double-Row and Combined Tapered Measuring 9. max. the selection of the proper internal radial bearings) by the amount of elastic deformation d (mm) C2 CN C3 C4 C5 min. However.8 Index for Radial Internal Clearances 140 160 2 23 18 53 46 91 81 130 120 180 The measuring loads are as follows : by Bearing Types 160 180 2 25 20 61 53 102 91 147 135 200 For miniature ball bearings* Table Page 180 200 2 30 25 71 63 117 107 163 150 230 2. max. etc. max.9 Radial Internal Clearances in Table 9. 30 40 1 11 6 20 15 33 28 46 40 64 respectively (Fig. Remarks For values exceeding 280 mm. max. To obtain the measured value.10 Radial Internal Clearances in Extra generally measured by applying a specified measuring Deep Groove Ball Bearings Small and Miniature Ball Bearings 9.25kgf} Bearing Types 200 225 2 35 25 85 75 140 125 195 175 265 For extra small ball bearings* Number Number 4.5N {0. min. therefore. max. Roller Bearings With Tapered Bores Remarks For the C2 clearance class.1).5} 3 to 4 4 4 4 4 Four-Point Contact Ball Bearings (1) 9.17 A94 Bearings (1) 10 (incl) 18 24.14 A91 table below.2 Bearing Internal Clearances To obtain accurate measurements. noise. 9.8. min. refer to 280 315 2 55 40 115 100 190 175 270 245 370 Table 1 on Page B 31. max. obtained by correcting the measured clearance by the This bearing internal clearance is the combined amount of elastic deformation. max.11 A89 355 400 3 70 55 145 130 240 225 340 315 460 400 450 3 80 60 170 150 270 250 380 350 510 Table 9. the measured clearance Units : μ m Units : μ m The internal clearance in rolling bearings in operation (sometimes called “measured clearance” to make a greatly influences bearing performance including Clear- distinction) is always slightly larger than the theoretical Nominal Bore Clearance ance MC1 MC2 MC3 MC4 MC5 MC6 fatigue life.5 30 Table 9. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES 9. max. Roller Bearings 710 800 20 140 120 290 270 450 430 630 600 840 With Cylindrical Bores EN 10 50 Remarks To obtain the measured values.10 A89 315 355 3 60 45 125 110 210 195 300 275 410 Magneto Bearings 9. min. min. vibration. 50 65 1 15 8 28 23 43 38 61 55 90 Clearance MC1 MC2 MC3 MC4 MC5 MC6 65 80 1 15 10 30 25 51 46 71 65 105 Symbol 80 100 1 18 12 36 30 58 53 84 75 120 Clearance Correction 1 1 1 1 2 2 100 120 2 20 15 41 36 66 61 97 90 140 Value 120 140 2 23 18 48 41 81 71 114 105 160 Table 9. the smaller value should be used (Matched) for bearings with minimum clearance and the larger value for bearings near the maximum clearance range.13. add 18 24 0 10 5 20 13 28 20 36 28 48 elements. max. max. min. reference table and page numbers are listed by bearing types.13. Clear- choosing a bearing after the type and size have been Therefore. max. heat-generation.5 {2.4N {0.indd 88-89 11/20/13 4:51:49 PM . Spherical With Cylindrical Bores 9.1 A90 560 630 10 110 90 230 210 360 340 520 490 690 Diameter Clearance Ball Bearings Bearing For Motors d (mm) Cylindrical 630 710 20 130 110 260 240 400 380 570 540 760 Series Radial Clearance Axial Clearance 9.12 A90 Units : μ m 450 500 3 90 70 190 170 300 280 420 390 570 Deep Groove 500 560 10 100 80 210 190 330 310 470 440 630 Nominal Bore 9. min. as the total amount that one ring can be displaced Usually the clearance before mounting is the one 24 30 1 11 5 20 13 28 23 41 30 53 relative to the other in the radial and axial directions specified as the theoretical internal clearance.2. min.1 Internal Clearances and Their Standards load on the bearing.

min. 1 Deep Groove Ball Bearings Table 9. max. max. min. max. max. A 90 A 91 A082-099E.13 Radial Internal Clearances in 315 355 65 145 145 225 225 305 305 385 455 535 20 65 65 135 135 200 225 295 295 360 455 520 Bearings for Electric Motors 355 400 100 190 190 280 280 370 370 460 510 600 25 75 75 150 150 225 255 330 330 405 510 585 Table 9. with Cylindrical Bores with Cylindrical Bores C2 CN C3 C4 C5 C2 CN C3 C4 C5 d (mm) C2 CN C3 C4 C5 CC1 CC2 CC (1) CC3 CC4 CC5 over incl. n6 Remarks The radial clearance increase caused by the 200 225 20 45 35 60 45 90 90 135 155 200 200 240 240 285 350 395 180 200 65 105 65 100 225 250 25 50 40 65 50 100 100 150 170 215 215 265 265 315 380 430 measuring load is equal to the correction amount 250 280 25 55 40 70 55 110 110 165 185 240 240 295 295 350 420 475 for CN clearance in the remarks under Table 9. min. min. min. max. max.9. 140 160 15 35 30 50 35 65 65 100 115 150 150 180 180 215 260 295 (2) Applicable to outer rings that do not require 160 180 15 35 30 50 35 75 75 110 125 165 165 200 200 240 285 320 160 180 60 95 60 90 180 200 20 40 30 50 40 80 80 120 140 180 180 220 220 260 315 355 movement in the axial direction. Notes (1) Applicable to outer rings that require movement in the axial direction.12 Radial Internal Clearances in Table 9. max. min. max. max. max. min. max. max. min. max. min.indd 90-91 11/20/13 4:51:50 PM . min. over incl. max. JS7 30 40 5 12 8 15 12 25 25 40 45 55 55 70 70 80 95 110 80 100 18 30 JS6. min. max. max. Shaft Housing Bore Units : μ m 10 (incl) 18 4 11 js5 (j5) 24 40 15 35 15 30 k5 Nominal Clearances in Non-Interchangeable Bearings with Tapered Bores 18 30 5 12 40 50 20 40 20 35 Bore Dia.5 6 1 8 5 15 10 20 15 25 21 33 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 6 10 2 9 6 17 12 25 19 33 27 42 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 0 25 20 45 35 60 50 75 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 14 2 10 6 19 13 26 21 35 30 48 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 10 24 0 25 20 45 35 60 50 75 65 90 5 15 10 20 20 30 35 45 45 55 65 75 24 30 0 25 20 45 35 60 50 75 70 95 5 15 10 25 25 35 40 50 50 60 70 80 14 18 3 12 8 21 15 28 23 37 32 50 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 18 24 4 14 10 23 17 30 25 39 34 52 7 17 13 26 20 33 28 42 37 55 30 40 5 30 25 50 45 70 60 85 80 105 5 15 12 25 25 40 45 55 55 70 80 95 24 30 5 16 11 24 19 35 29 46 40 58 9 20 15 28 23 39 33 50 44 62 40 50 5 35 30 60 50 80 70 100 95 125 5 18 15 30 30 45 50 65 65 80 95 110 50 65 10 40 40 70 60 90 80 110 110 140 5 20 15 35 35 50 55 75 75 90 110 130 30 40 6 18 13 29 23 40 34 53 46 66 12 24 19 35 29 46 40 59 52 72 40 50 6 19 14 31 25 44 37 57 50 71 14 27 22 39 33 52 45 65 58 79 65 80 10 45 40 75 65 100 90 125 130 165 10 25 20 40 40 60 70 90 90 110 130 150 50 65 7 21 16 36 30 50 45 69 62 88 18 32 27 47 41 61 56 80 73 99 80 100 15 50 50 85 75 110 105 140 155 190 10 30 25 45 45 70 80 105 105 125 155 180 100 120 15 55 50 90 85 125 125 165 180 220 10 30 25 50 50 80 95 120 120 145 180 205 65 80 8 24 18 40 35 60 54 83 76 108 23 39 35 57 50 75 69 98 91 123 80 100 9 27 22 48 42 70 64 96 89 124 29 47 42 68 62 90 84 116 109 144 120 140 15 60 60 105 100 145 145 190 200 245 10 35 30 60 60 90 105 135 135 160 200 230 100 120 10 31 25 56 50 83 75 114 105 145 35 56 50 81 75 108 100 139 130 170 140 160 20 70 70 120 115 165 165 215 225 275 10 35 35 65 65 100 115 150 150 180 225 260 160 180 25 75 75 125 120 170 170 220 250 300 10 40 35 75 75 110 125 165 165 200 250 285 120 140 10 38 30 68 60 100 90 135 125 175 40 68 60 98 90 130 120 165 155 205 140 160 15 44 35 80 70 120 110 161 150 210 45 74 65 110 100 150 140 191 180 240 180 200 35 90 90 145 140 195 195 250 275 330 15 45 40 80 80 120 140 180 180 220 275 315 200 225 45 105 105 165 160 220 220 280 305 365 15 50 45 90 90 135 155 200 200 240 305 350 225 250 45 110 110 175 170 235 235 300 330 395 15 50 50 100 100 150 170 215 215 265 330 380 250 280 55 125 125 195 190 260 260 330 370 440 20 55 55 110 110 165 185 240 240 295 370 420 280 315 55 130 130 205 200 275 275 350 410 485 20 60 60 120 120 180 205 265 265 325 410 470 Table 9. max. max. Notes (2) CC denotes normal clearance for non-Interchangeable cylindrical roller bearings and solid-type needle roller bearings. min. min. min. max. min. Nominal Bore Clearance Remarks Nominal Bore Clearance Remarks Dia. max. min. min. min. 2. min. min. d (mm) CC9 (1) CC0 CC1 CC2 CC (2) CC3 CC4 CC5 30 50 9 17 50 65 25 45 25 40 over incl. min. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Table 9. JS7 (J6. d (mm) Interchangeable CT Non-Interchangeable CM Recommended Fit over incl.14 Radial Internal Clearances in Cylindrical Self-Aligning Ball Bearings Roller Bearings and Solid-Type Needle Roller Bearings Units : μm Units : μ m Nominal Bore Clearance in Bearings with Cylindrical Bores Clearance in Bearings with Tapered Bores Nominal Clearances in Bearings Clearances in Non-Interchangeable Bearings Dia. min. J7)(1) 40 50 5 15 10 20 15 30 30 45 50 65 65 80 80 95 110 125 100 120 35 65 35 60 50 65 5 15 10 20 15 35 35 50 55 75 75 90 90 110 130 150 or 65 80 10 20 15 30 20 40 40 60 70 90 90 110 110 130 150 170 100 120 18 30 m5 K6. H6.13. 280 315 30 60 ⎯ ⎯ 60 120 120 180 205 265 265 325 325 385 470 530 (2) Applicable to outer rings that do not require 315 355 30 65 ⎯ ⎯ 65 135 135 200 225 295 295 360 360 430 520 585 355 400 35 75 ⎯ ⎯ 75 150 150 225 255 330 330 405 405 480 585 660 movement in the axial direction. max. K7(2) 80 100 10 25 20 35 25 45 45 70 80 105 105 125 125 150 180 205 120 160 24 38 120 140 40 70 40 65 100 120 10 25 20 35 25 50 50 80 95 120 120 145 145 170 205 230 120 140 15 30 25 40 30 60 60 90 105 135 135 160 160 190 230 260 Notes (1) Applicable to outer rings that require movement in 140 160 50 85 50 80 the axial direction. max. min. min. d (mm) CM Recommended fit Dia. H7(1) k5 10 24 5 10 ⎯ ⎯ 10 20 20 30 35 45 45 55 55 65 75 85 or 50 80 12 22 65 80 30 50 30 45 24 30 5 10 8 15 10 25 25 35 40 50 50 60 60 70 80 95 JS6. max. max. min. max. min.13. min. d (mm) Bore Dia. max. Shaft Housing Bore over incl. max. min. max. J7)(2) 80 100 35 60 35 55 m5 (J6. max. min. min. max. min. max. min. max.2 Cylindrical Roller Bearings 400 450 110 210 210 310 310 410 410 510 565 665 25 85 85 170 170 255 285 370 370 455 565 650 for Electric Motors for Electric Motors 450 500 110 220 220 330 330 440 440 550 625 735 25 95 95 190 190 285 315 410 410 505 625 720 Units : μm Units : μm Note (1) CC denotes normal clearance for non-Interchangeable cylindrical roller bearings and solid-type needle roller bearings. 400 450 40 85 ⎯ ⎯ 85 170 170 255 285 370 370 455 455 540 650 735 450 500 45 95 ⎯ ⎯ 95 190 190 285 315 410 410 505 505 600 720 815 Notes (1) Clearance CC9 is applicable to cylindrical roller bearings with tapered bores in ISO Tolerance Classes 5 and 4.

max. min. min. max. max.max. min. min. min. min. max. min. min. min. d (mm) 24 30 15 25 25 40 40 55 55 75 75 95 20 30 30 40 40 55 55 75 75 95 over incl. max. min. min.max. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Table 9. min. min. Bore d (mm) C2 CN C3 C4 C5 C2 CN C3 C4 C5 Tapered Bore C1 C2 CN C3 C4 C5 Nominal Bore over incl. max.max.16 Radial Internal Clearances in Double-Row and Spherical Roller Bearings Combined Tapered Roller Bearings Units : μm Units : μ m Nominal Clearance in Bearings with Cylindrical Bores Clearance in Bearings with Tapered Bores Cylindrical Clearance Bore Dia.indd 92-93 11/20/13 4:51:51 PM .5 Remarks Axial internal clearance & a = & r cot αH e & r Remarks where & r : Radial internal clearance α : Contact angle e : Constant (Listed in bearing tables) A 92 A 93 A082-099E. max. max. max. ⎯ C1 C2 CN C3 C4 Dia. max. max. max. max. 30 40 15 30 30 45 45 60 60 80 80 100 25 35 35 50 50 65 65 85 85 105 40 50 20 35 35 55 55 75 75 100 100 125 30 45 45 60 60 80 80 100 100 130 ⎯ 18 0 10 10 20 20 30 35 45 50 60 65 75 18 24 0 10 10 20 20 30 35 45 50 60 65 75 24 30 0 10 10 20 20 30 40 50 50 60 70 80 50 65 20 40 40 65 65 90 90 120 120 150 40 55 55 75 75 95 95 120 120 160 65 80 30 50 50 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 50 70 70 95 95 120 120 150 150 200 80 100 35 60 60 100 100 135 135 180 180 225 55 80 80 110 110 140 140 180 180 230 30 40 0 12 12 25 25 40 45 60 60 75 80 95 40 50 0 15 15 30 30 45 50 65 65 80 95 110 50 65 0 15 15 35 35 55 60 80 80 100 110 130 100 120 40 75 75 120 120 160 160 210 210 260 65 100 100 135 135 170 170 220 220 280 120 140 50 95 95 145 145 190 190 240 240 300 80 120 120 160 160 200 200 260 260 330 140 160 60 110 110 170 170 220 220 280 280 350 90 130 130 180 180 230 230 300 300 380 65 80 0 20 20 40 40 60 70 90 90 110 130 150 80 100 0 25 25 50 50 75 80 105 105 130 155 180 100 120 5 30 30 55 55 80 90 115 120 145 180 210 160 180 65 120 120 180 180 240 240 310 310 390 100 140 140 200 200 260 260 340 340 430 180 200 70 130 130 200 200 260 260 340 340 430 110 160 160 220 220 290 290 370 370 470 200 225 80 140 140 220 220 290 290 380 380 470 120 180 180 250 250 320 320 410 410 520 120 140 5 35 35 65 65 95 100 130 135 165 200 230 140 160 10 40 40 70 70 100 110 140 150 180 220 260 160 180 10 45 45 80 80 115 125 160 165 200 250 290 225 250 90 150 150 240 240 320 320 420 420 520 140 200 200 270 270 350 350 450 450 570 250 280 100 170 170 260 260 350 350 460 460 570 150 220 220 300 300 390 390 490 490 620 280 315 110 190 190 280 280 370 370 500 500 630 170 240 240 330 330 430 430 540 540 680 180 200 10 50 50 90 90 130 140 180 180 220 280 320 200 225 20 60 60 100 100 140 150 190 200 240 300 340 225 250 20 65 65 110 110 155 165 210 220 270 330 380 315 355 120 200 200 310 310 410 410 550 550 690 190 270 270 360 360 470 470 590 590 740 355 400 130 220 220 340 340 450 450 600 600 750 210 300 300 400 400 520 520 650 650 820 400 450 140 240 240 370 370 500 500 660 660 820 230 330 330 440 440 570 570 720 720 910 250 280 20 70 70 120 120 170 180 230 240 290 370 420 280 315 30 80 80 130 130 180 190 240 260 310 410 460 315 355 30 80 80 130 140 190 210 260 290 350 450 510 450 500 140 260 260 410 410 550 550 720 720 900 260 370 370 490 490 630 630 790 790 1 000 500 560 150 280 280 440 440 600 600 780 780 1 000 290 410 410 540 540 680 680 870 870 1 100 560 630 170 310 310 480 480 650 650 850 850 1 100 320 460 460 600 600 760 760 980 980 1 230 355 400 40 90 90 140 150 200 220 280 330 390 510 570 400 450 45 95 95 145 170 220 250 310 370 430 560 620 450 500 50 100 100 150 190 240 280 340 410 470 620 680 630 710 190 350 350 530 530 700 700 920 920 1 190 350 510 510 670 670 850 850 1 090 1 090 1 360 710 800 210 390 390 580 580 770 770 1 010 1 010 1 300 390 570 570 750 750 960 960 1 220 1 220 1 500 800 900 230 430 430 650 650 860 860 1 120 1 120 1 440 440 640 640 840 840 1 070 1 070 1 370 1 370 1 690 500 560 60 110 110 160 210 260 310 380 450 520 700 770 560 630 70 120 120 170 230 290 350 420 500 570 780 850 630 710 80 130 130 180 260 310 390 470 560 640 870 950 900 1 000 260 480 480 710 710 930 930 1 220 1 220 1 570 490 710 710 930 930 1 190 1 190 1 520 1 520 1 860 1 000 1 120 290 530 530 780 780 1 020 1 020 1 330 ⎯ ⎯ 530 770 770 1 030 1 030 1 300 1 300 1 670 ⎯ ⎯ 1 120 1 250 320 580 580 860 860 1 120 1 120 1 460 ⎯ ⎯ 570 830 830 1 120 1 120 1 420 1 420 1 830 ⎯ ⎯ 710 800 90 140 150 200 290 340 430 510 630 710 980 1 060 1 250 1 400 350 640 640 950 950 1 240 1 240 1 620 ⎯ ⎯ 620 910 910 1 230 1 230 1 560 1 560 2 000 ⎯ ⎯ 800 900 100 150 160 210 320 370 480 570 700 790 1 100 1 200 900 1 000 120 170 180 230 360 410 540 630 780 870 1 200 1 300 1 000 1 120 130 190 200 260 400 460 600 700 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 120 1 250 150 210 220 280 450 510 670 770 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 250 1 400 170 240 250 320 500 570 750 870 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1. min. min.15 Radial Internal Clearances in Table 9. min.

. be expected when the effective clearance is slightly negative. wheels of automobiles C5 or equivalent 80 100 56 106 96 156 136 196 186 246 100 140 66 126 116 176 156 216 206 266 clearance in a roller bearing are shown in Fig. Theoretically.. The internal clearance adequate axial clearance to allow for shaft elongation Among the bearing internal clearances listed in the during operation. δ fe : Decrease in clearance due d (mm) Since housings generally conduct heat better than Outer ring to fit between outer ring CN C3 C4 CN C3 C4 and housing bore over incl... The amount of this decrease can be calculated & f = & 0 − δ fi − δ fe 50 65 35 60 60 85 85 110 25 50 50 75 75 100 65 80 38 63 63 88 88 115 27 52 52 77 77 100 using the following equations: δ fi : Decrease in clearance 80 100 49 74 74 99 99 125 35 60 60 85 85 110 due to fit between 100 120 72 97 97 120 120 145 52 77 77 100 100 125 δ tHα & t De. it is difficult to achieve such an Dryers in paper making C3... etc... C4 When steam passes machines 140 180 76 156 136 196 176 246 226 296 (1) Decrease in Radial Clearance Caused by Fitting ideal condition.... max. max. Under special progressively smaller from C2 to C1 and larger from & f.. A 94 A 95 A082-099E.2.. Therefore. a roller shafts are heated. The changes in radial When shaft deflection Semi-floating rear & . & f is called the effective clearance. 9. the difference in temperature between the clearance inner and outer rings is greater.2. d (mm) C2 CN C3 C4 motors. restrictions are severe special specifications C1. The radial clearances used in some specific fitted operating conditions. Fluid couplings C4 housing. max. max. min. Table rollers for rolling C3 220 260 115 196 175 245 225 305 285 365 mills When the inner ring or the outer ring is tight-fitted on clearance of zero or a slightly positive amount.. the temperature of the inner ring and the rolling (=&De) elements is usually higher than that of the outer ring & ⎯ 10 9 29 29 49 49 69 6 26 26 46 46 66 &f & & by 5 to 10°C. min. min...6) inner ring and shaft (=&Di ) 120 140 85 115 115 145 145 175 63 93 93 125 125 155 δ t : Decrease in clearance due 140 160 90 120 120 150 150 180 66 96 96 125 125 155 where δ t : Decrease in radial clearance due to to temperature difference between inner and outer rings 160 180 95 125 125 155 155 185 68 98 98 130 130 160 temperature difference between inner and 180 200 110 140 140 170 170 200 80 110 110 140 140 170 outer rings (mm) α : Coefficient of linear expansion of bearing Remarks This table is applicable to bearings in Tolerance Classes Normal and 6.. max. If the shaft is heated or the housing 0 0 : Theoretical internal 10 18 10 30 30 50 50 70 7 27 27 47 47 67 18 24 19 39 39 59 59 79 13 33 33 53 53 73 is cooled. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Table 9.. min. (9... The clearance becomes applications are given in Table9.. The decrease varies according to are used facing each other.. min.. 9.19... instead 260 300 135 215 195 275 255 335 315 395 a shaft or in a housing.. max. Final reduction gears for 9. CC1 deflection. Pages A130 to A133).. there should be a small vibration are severe or Vibrating screens C3... When both the inner and tables.. and the Axial Internal Clearance bearing is tight-fitted on the shaft.. When noise and vibration Small motors with operating conditions. max... max... (9.2 Changes in Radial Internal Clearance of Bearings Units : μm the load is less than normal (PH 0. max. When when both the inner and the bearing type and size and design of the shaft and outer rings are tight.. a decrease in the radial internal of a negative one. should be selected... it is advisable to consult NSK.. DeH 1 (4D + d) .. (Refer to Table 9.. the CN Clearance is adequate for standard after subtracting this decrease from the theoretical outer rings are loose.. 60 80 46 96 86 136 126 176 166 226 differences in operation...7) Nominal Bore As a measure to reduce bearing noise for electric 5 Dia. min.. the radial clearance range is narrower than For roller bearings Table 9..1C r).indd 94-95 11/20/13 4:51:52 PM . Rolling mill roll necks C2 or equivalent internal clearance & 0 is called the residual clearance...2) The clearance after substracting this δ t from the Operating Conditions Examples Clearance Internal clearance varies with the fit and temperature residual clearance.13. When clearance is adjusted after mounting to prevent shaft Main shafts of lathes CC9.. the normal class and the values are somewhat smaller Applications 10 18 15 55 45 85 75 125 115 165 for deep groove ball bearings and cylindrical roller DeH 1 (3D + d) ... & t : Temperature difference between inner and outer rings (°C) Table 9. it is necessary to provide tractors C4 Fits (1). When single-row Traction motors for C4 300 350 155 235 215 305 275 365 345 425 clearance is caused by the expansion or contraction angular contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings When impact loads and railways 350 400 175 265 245 335 315 405 385 475 of the bearing rings. min.5 × 10−6 (1/°C) tolerance classes better than 5 and contact angles of 15° and 25°. C2. min. However.1 and 4 18 40 26 66 56 106 96 146 136 186 Internal 40 60 36 86 76 126 116 166 156 206 9. (9. For ball bearings Fig.18 Axial Internal Clearance in Four-Point Standard operating conditions are defined as those De : Outer ring raceway diameter (mm) Contact Ball Bearings where the inner ring speed is less than approximately (Measured Clearances) 50% of the limiting speed listed in the bearing tables....2.. and an excessive negative clearance through hollow shafts or 180 220 96 176 156 226 206 276 256 326 and Residual Clearance will greatly shorten the bearing life. CM C3 to C5..8) bearings for electric motors. C4 400 500 205 305 285 385 355 455 435 525 effective clearance.. shafts. min.13... the longest life of a bearing can is large...... max..17 Axial Internal Clearances in Combined Angular Contact (2) Decrease in Radial Internal Clearance Caused Ball Bearings (Measured Clearance) by Temperature Differences between Inner and Units : μm Outer Rings and Effective Clearance & : Effective Clearance Axial Internal Clearance Nominal Bore The frictional heat generated during operation &= &f − δt Diameter. min... For internal axial clearances in bearings in steelH12. unless a preload is required... 19 Examples of Clearances for Specific over incl. it is advisable to consult NSK. The amount of this decrease is approximately two cylindrical roller bearings with a rib on one side fitted...... are used facing each other. Contact Angle 30° Contact Angle 40° is conducted away through the shaft and housing...2 Selection of Bearing Internal Clearances 70 to 90% of the interference (refer to Section 15. The radial clearance (Geometrical 24 30 20 40 40 60 60 80 14 34 34 54 54 74 clearance) 30 40 26 46 46 66 66 86 19 39 39 59 59 79 decreases due to the thermal expansion caused by the Roller 40 50 29 49 49 69 69 89 21 41 41 61 61 81 temperature difference between the inner and outer & f :Residual clearance rings.

PRELOAD Rolling bearings usually retain some internal clearance 10. etc. the relative position of the bearings changes during deflection curve of the spring is nearly parallel to the expansion and contraction is negligible.Small electric motors. and thrust ball between the shaft and housing. etc. the starting torque FaB: Axial load imposed on Bearing B δ a A : Displacement of Bearing A δ aB : Displacement of Bearing B Axial Displacement should be measured to verify the proper preload. As a result. Fa (4) To prevent sliding between the rolling elements and (2) In the case of a position preload.3 Back-to-Back Duplex Bearing Preload δa δ a0 δ a0 the required spacing and preload. The because the variation of the spring load with shaft them internally stressed. 10.. Fig. FaA stan th ition wit Con ing wi r Fa0 Bea ring t Axial Load (1) By installing a duplex bearing set with previously FaB r Bea adjusted stand-out dimensions (see Page A7... the preload raceways due to gyroscopic moments 10. A B Prelo Pos ing with tP ure In practice. This is called “preloading .1) Fa : Axial load applied from outside (3) By utilizing bolts or nuts to allow adjustment of Fa A: Axial load imposed on Bearing A bearing set δa the axial preload.2 Constant-Pressure Preload and Rigidity In the case of a constant-pressure preload.4.Main shafts of machine tools.2. 10. and constant-pressure preload may be compared as (2) To increase bearing rigidity follows: Bearing A δa Axial Load .Main shafts of machine tools. 10... deflection due to Axial Displacement position with the bearing rings displaced δ a 0 and axial space 2δ a 0 between the inner load.3 Preload and Rigidity varies depending on such factors as a difference .1 Position Preload and Rigidity of angular contact ball bearings. Their position. for prevention of axial vibration. a difference in Fa0 bearings When the inner rings of the duplex bearings shown radial expansion due to a temperature difference (5) To maintain the rolling elements in their proper in Fig. (Refer to Fig.2. the rigidity under are generally preferred for increasing rigidity and angular contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings.2 Constant-Pressure Preload 10.indd 96-97 11/20/13 4:51:53 PM . to it. With this condition. in other resonance Fig. 10.6 presents a comparison of the rigidity use with thrust bearings on horizontal shafts.3. the following three methods are generally Fa hou Fa Fa0 Fa0 Bea -Press used to obtain a position preload. for back-to-back to form a duplex set with a preload. such as relatively constant (refer to Fig.4 Selection of Preloading Method and Amount of Preload (1) To maintain the bearings in exact position both Fig..10. (1) When both of the preloads are equal. 10. Axial Displacement δ aA δ aB (2) By using a spacer or shim of proper size to obtain Fig. the magnitude of the preload remains horizontal axis because the rigidity of springs is lower foregoing explanation. 10. A comparison of the rigidity using both preloading . In some cases. a preload Fa 0 is δ aA bearings mounted on a horizontal shaft imposed on each bearing. remain Bearing Bearing ad relo Pre ad unchanged while in operation.High speed or high acceleration applications in axial expansion due to a temperature difference 10.. Fig. it while in operation. the deflection due to external loads is less . 10. etc. δ a : Displacement of duplex Fa 10. the position (3) To minimize noise due to axial vibration and preload provides greater bearing rigidity.4. two bearings are mounted face-to-face or that for a single bearing with a preload Fa 0 applied speed applications. it is A constant pressure preload is achieved using a coil A preload diagram for duplex bearings under a is possible to minimize any change in the preload desirable to provide a negative clearance to keep „ or leaf spring to impose a constant preload. bearings A and B are between the inner and outer rings.5. pinion shafts of final drive gears of automobiles.3. 10.2) than that of the bearing.2 Constant-Pressure Preload words. From the A preload is usually applied to bearings in which the operation.. 10. 10. δ a0 δ a0 δa 1. of a bearing with a position preload and one with a 10.Thrust ball bearings and spherical thrust roller rings is eliminated. is shown in Fig. 10. however.3 are fixed axially. etc.4 Axial Displacement with Position Preload Fig. δ a0 .6.1 Position Preload Bearing B Bearing A δa A position preload is achieved by fixing two axially opposed bearings in such a way that a preload is load imposed on them. etc. The position preload instruments. Even if constant-pressure preload is shown in Fig.5 Axial Displacement with Constant-Pressure Preload 10. that is the relation between load and Fig..1 Comparison of Preloading Methods radially and axially and to maintain the running accuracy of the shaft. In this case. A preload diagram showing bearing rigidity. precision methods is shown in Fig.1 Position Preload 10.1) and axial clearance. 10. for bearings with a position preload. The main purposes and some typical applications of preloaded bearings are as follows: 10.6 Comparison of Rigidities and Preloading Methods A 96 A 97 A082-099E. a constant-pressure preload is approximately equal to constant-pressure preloads are more suitable for high Usually.1 Purpose of Preload constant-pressure preload.2 Preloading Methods displacement with a given axial load Fa imposed on a Axial Load duplex set.. Fig. 10. once fixed. it is seen that position preloads clearance can be adjusted during mounting.

. 2.. 2. etc.. 1 Duplex Bearings of Series 79 Table 10..(10. please Table 10...3) Nominal Bore C 0a n 2 1000 Average preloads for duplex angular contact ball Dia. may occur..... Table 10...... reduced fatigue Table 10. over incl. are listed in Table 10.. The larger of the two values obtained rollers and outer ring raceway. while a medium preload should be adopted for the main shafts of lathes requiring rigidity..... 1 Recommended Fitting for high speeds. 2 Preloads for Duplex Angular Contact Ball Bearings consult with NSK beforehand. {kgf} in Table 10.. d (mm) Target Shaft Dia.2) below should be Fa min necessary to prevent such sliding is obtained conditions and the purpose of the preload.6 15 39 78 7001 C 12 25 59 120 7201 C 19 39 100 200 7902 C 12 25 49 100 7002 C 14 29 69 150 7202 C 19 39 100 200 7903 C 12 25 59 120 7003 C 14 29 69 150 7203 C 24 49 150 290 7904 C 19 39 78 150 7004 C 24 49 120 250 7204 C 34 69 200 390 7905 C 19 39 100 200 7005 C 29 59 150 290 7205 C 39 78 200 390 7906 C 24 49 100 200 7006 C 39 78 200 390 7206 C 60 120 290 590 7907 C 34 69 150 290 7007 C 60 120 250 490 7207 C 75 150 390 780 7908 C 39 78 200 390 7008 C 60 120 290 590 7208 C 100 200 490 980 7909 C 50 100 200 390 7009 C 75 150 340 690 7209 C 125 250 540 1 080 7910 C 50 100 250 490 7010 C 75 150 390 780 7210 C 125 250 590 1 180 7911 C 60 120 290 590 7011 C 100 200 490 980 7211 C 145 290 780 1 570 7912 C 60 120 290 590 7012 C 100 200 540 1 080 7212 C 195 390 930 1 860 7913 C 75 150 340 690 7013 C 125 250 540 1 080 7213 C 220 440 1 080 2 160 7914 C 100 200 490 980 7014 C 145 290 740 1 470 7214 C 245 490 1 180 2 350 7915 C 100 200 490 980 7015 C 145 290 780 1 570 7215 C 270 540 1 230 2 450 7916 C 100 200 490 980 7016 C 195 390 930 1 860 7216 C 295 590 1 370 2 750 7917 C 145 290 640 1 270 7017 C 195 390 980 1 960 7217 C 345 690 1 670 3 330 7918 C 145 290 740 1 470 7018 C 245 490 1 180 2 350 7218 C 390 780 1 860 3 730 7919 C 145 290 780 1 570 7019 C 270 540 1 180 2 350 7219 C 440 880 2 060 4 120 7920 C 195 390 880 1 770 7020 C 270 540 1 270 2 550 7220 C 490 980 2 350 4 710 A 98 A 99 A082-099E.5 30 50 2 to 6 where Fa min : Minimum axial load (N)... The minimum axial load be carefully determined considering the operating Angular Contact Ball from Equations(10... 150 180 ⎯ 150 180 4 to 12 As a general rule.(10..... Bearings with Preload adopted as the minimum axial load in order to prevent from the following equation: such sliding (1) Preloading of Duplex Angular Contact Ball Units : μ m C 0a Bearings Nominal Outside Fa min = ..... ⎯ 18 0 to 2..indd 98-99 11/20/13 4:51:54 PM . 3 Duplex Bearings of Series 72 Units : N Units : N Units : N Preloads Preloads Preloads Bearing Bearing Bearing No. abnormal heart When the balls in thrust ball bearings rotate at relatively When spherical thrust roller bearings are used... When speeds result in a value of Dpw ×n (dmn value) higher than 500000.....2 Amount of Preload (2) Preload of Thrust Ball Bearings (3) Preload of Spherical Thrust Roller Bearings If the preload is larger than necessary.. 2 Duplex Bearings of Series 70 Table 10. PRELOAD 10..2....5 ⎯ 18 ⎯ 1000 The recommended fitting between the shaft and inner 18 30 0 to 2.. Extra light Light Medium Heavy No... Extra light Light Medium Heavy Preload EL Preload L Preload M Preload H Preload EL Preload L Preload M Preload H Preload EL Preload L Preload M Preload H 7900 C 7 15 29 59 7000 C 12 25 49 100 7200 C 14 29 69 150 7901 C 8. In the case of fits with housings... an extra light or light preload should 180 250 ⎯ 180 250 5 to 15 be selected for grinding spindles and the main shafts of machining centers... Extra light Light Medium Heavy No...5 50 80 3 to 8 lower limit of the fitting range should be selected for 80 120 0 to 4... In such a case.2) machine tools. {kgf} fixed-end bearings and the upper limit for free-end 120 150 ⎯ 120 150 4 to 12 Nmax : Limiting speed (oil lubrication) (min–1) bearings...1) and (10.4..5 18 30 2 to 6 ring and between the housing and outer ring are listed 30 50 0 to 2.... The amount of the preload should High Accuracy Duplex balls may occur... increased frictional torque. D (mm) Target Housing Fa min = 100 ( Nmax ) .. which are used on the main shafts of Fa min = C 0a . the preload should be very carefully studied and selected. the n : Speed (min–1) 50 80 0 to 3. sliding due to gyroscopic moments on the such as scoring may occur due to sliding between the life.5 80 120 3 to 9 C 0a : Basic static load rating (N)...1......1) Interference bearings (contact angle of 15°) with precision better over incl...... Clearance than P5 class. 2..... damage generation....(10..

6 face should extend beyond the shoulder to permit values listed.1 2 5. etc.4 5 4 10 11 Table 11. High rigidity housings Roller Bearings (a) (b) r1 (min.) t Self-Aligning Ball r r Ball Bearings.2 Shoulder and Fillet Dimensions Table 11. the accuracy of the shaft and housing should be higher since this affects the bearing raceway directly.15 0. 0.5 6 Outer Rings accuracy and surface finish of shafts and housings are 2.5 3 4. Cage fracture and seizure sometimes occur for radius ra must be smaller than the minimum bearing r (min. radius produced when grinding the shaft as shown in please refer to the Appendix Table 11 (page C22). When heavy axial loads are applied. Remarks In cases that the outer ring is mounted in the housing bore with interference or that a thin cross- section bearing is mounted on a shaft and housing.5 4 5.5 6. and For normal operating conditions. the fitting surfaces of the 0.1 Shaft and Housing.) h r ra h r rg shoulder may cause misalignment of the bearing inner order to avoid interference with the cage. 11.4 — however. The fillet radius of the corner is also applicable Tolerance for 2 2 2 2 to thrust bearings. Class 6 I T3 to I T4 I T4 to I T5 use of special dismounting tools.1 0.) 2 2 4. Sufficient shoulder height is particularly important for supporting the side ribs of Roughness of Small Bearings 0. The or r1(min.5 0.11. the fillet Angular Contact (min.3 2 1.5 4 Item Shaft Housing Bore 9.15 0.8 1. inaccuracy in the squareness of the shaft bearing should be parallel with the bearing axis in Dimensions Fillet h (min. load.) or r1 (min. Ra Large Bearings 1.5 8 20 22 2. A 100 A 101 A100-125E.2 1.2 (a). the shoulder Class 5.9 The shoulder heights for both shafts and housings for 5 0.6 tapered roller bearings and cylindrical roller bearings Fitting Surfaces subjected to high axial loads.) r(min.5 Units : mm h -line boring. Tapered Roller (min.1 Accuracy and Surface Finish of Shafts 11. Housings should be rigid in order chamfer dimension r or r1 .6 — 0.5 3 Table 11.1 for normal operating conditions.) this same reason.) r(min.6 6 8.3 — smooth bored finish is sufficient for the fitting surface.1 Chamfer Dimensions.6 0.2 (b).5 4 Class of Fig.5 2. Bearings.) or r1(min.08 0. the performance of the bearings will be shaft center line.25 3.1 0. The recommended Remarks 2. (Refer to Table 11. and Shoulder Height 12 10 24 27 15 12 29 32 Normal.6 2 2.5 2 — 6 r (min.) t rg b listed in Table 11. care must 1.5 4 Bearings Fig. 3 2.) or r1(min. 1 Accuracy and Roughness of Shaft and 6 5 13 14 1.5 2. the basic tolerance (I T) housing is as shown in Fig. but enough 6 0. life by adding an edge load in addition to the normal contact with the bearing chamfer.2 shoulder height in the bearing tables.11.5 4 4.4 Out-of-roundness radial bearings should be sufficient to provide good Remarks 1. In the case of split housings.3 1. Fig.25 In cases where two or more bearings are mounted in Bearing one single-piece housing. Class 6 I T3 I T3 to I T4 are listed in the bearing tables including the proper Shoulder Runout Class 5.2 The values of h and ra in Table 11.2 0.5 0.) (min. Housing Bearings load distribution.5 1. 3 Shaft Undercut may be finished together with one operation such as in ra 1.3 0. 11.5 Chamfer Dimensions be taken in the fabrication of the housing so the outer r(min. 2 2 2 2 Nominal dimensions associated with bearing mounting Tolerance for Normal. Regarding the figures of I T. which may reduce the bearing fatigue The fillets of the shaft and housing should not come in Bearings.7 Tolerance for 2 2 2 2 4 0. 11. a turned finish or r(min. a ground finish is necessary for applications where vibration and noise must be low or where heavy ra h 0.2 Housing 7.5 housing bore should be designed so both bearing seats 1 1 2.2 0.8 — loads are applied.5 2.) Bearings.) 2. Spherical to provide firm bearing support.3 1 1. Class 4 I T3 I T3 shoulder diameters. The shoulder diameter is listed instead of Class 5. 2 Shoulder Height 0. while the values class should be selected in accordance with the in Table 11. 7.5 0.1 0. 11.1 0.) or r1(min.6 3.) 0. 11.6 7 10 Normal.) Bearings.5 5 Undercut Dimensions of Inner and ring will not become deformed during installation.5 7 Shaft 4 3 8 9 1 0.) Solid Needle Roller are advantageous also from he standpoint of noise. Fillet Radius of 2. Class 4 I T2 to I T3 I T2 to I T3 bearings are listed in Table 11. DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS 11.05 0.08 0.4 2 3.5 6 16 18 2 0. 2 Recommended Minimum Shoulder Heights for and Housings Use with Metric Series Radial Bearings The shoulders of the shaft or housing in contact with Units : mm If the accuracy of a shaft or housing does not meet the the face of a bearing must be perpendicular to the specification. therefore. Cylindricality minimum shoulder heights for metric series radial Remarks 3.05 0. Fig. 0.1 1 3.indd 100-101 11/20/13 4:52:18 PM .5 2. Fillet Radius. Cylindrical Roller b or ra (max.2 — Fig.6 5 7. side shoulder bore of the housing for a tapered roller Chamfer Minimun Shoulder Heights For example. Radius Deep Groove Ball and outer rings.2 should be adopted Remarks This table is for general recommendation using in those cases where the fillet radius of the shaft or radius measuring method. 2 Chamfer Dimensions.) (min. Class 4 I T2 to I T3 I T2 to I T3 height must be sufficiently higher than the 2 2 2 2 support over the face of the bearings.1) The front face Shaft or Housing Nominal affected and they will not provide their full capability.3 are generally used with an undercut fillet bearing precision class. Class 6 I T3 to I T4 I T4 to I T5 19 15 38 42 3 0.

centrifugal force of flingers shown in Figs 11. They are particularly suitable for the pitch circle diameter of the balls. 11.3. it may A flinger is designed to force water and dust away Labyrinth seals are formed by interdigitated segments be adequate. The smaller the gap between the shaft and housing. It is necessary to select a suitable seal for Dust and moisture are prevented from entering by the (b). DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS For thrust bearings. jDa (a) (b) (c) (d) Fig. full contact length between rollers and rings to be each application considering the lubricating method. 11. 11. the shaft and housing must not come in contact while running. 11. The seals must be free flingers inside the housing as shown in Fig.4 for Thrust Roller Bearings Fig. They should also be easy to assemble and are used in environments with relatively little dust. Centrifugal force may also assist in Units : mm Units : mm jd a preventing internal contamination and leakage of the lubricant. 11. seizure. the be necessary to provide seals to prevent leakage of by means of the centrifugal force acting on any attached to the shaft and housing that are separated housing shoulder diameter Da should be less than lubricant and entry of dust. are available.4 1 to 2 bore and by multiple grooves on either or both of the 50-200 0.4 Face Supporting Diameters Fig. 11.6 (c).1 Non-Contact Type Seals These diameters da and Da are listed in the bearing tables.3 Bearing Seals (2) Flinger (Slinger) Type Seals (3) Labyrinth Seals of the supporting face for the bearing rings must To insure the longest possible life of a bearing.3 Face Supporting Diameters effective.25 to 0.4. In the case of sealing methods using grooves only.7 For thrust roller bearings. 11.5 to 1. (d). such as oil grooves. flingers. 50-200 0. 4 Gaps between Shafts and Housings for Table 11.5 2 to 5 jDa Since the use of oil grooves alone is not completely Fig.5 Examples of Oil Grooves Fig. 11. 3 for Thrust Ball Bearings type seal is often combined with an oil groove seal (Fig. except at low speeds.5 (c)). and The type shown in Fig. 11.7 (a) is widely used because circle diameter of the balls (Fig.4). with a depth of about 4 to 5mm. 11. jda the greater the sealing effect. preventing oil leakage from the shaft at high speeds. of its ease of assembly.indd 102-103 11/20/13 4:52:20 PM . Labyrinth Gaps Nominal Shaft Diameter Radial Gap Nominal Shaft Diameter (1) Oil Groove Seals Radial Gap Axiall Gap Under 50 0. (c) have better seal effectiveness. 11. (b)). but those shown in Fig. Satisfactory sealing can usually Table 11.7 Examples of Labyrinth Designs A 102 A 103 A100-125E. a flinger or labyrinth Fig. The recommended groove width is approximately 3 to 5mm. 11. The recommended gaps are given in Table 11.3). there should be three or more grooves. the squareness and contact area 11. and labyrinths. Sealing mechanisms with by a very small gap. however.25 to 0.5 (a). and the shaft material like metallic particles.5 to 1. 11. The entry of dust is impeded by packing grease with a consistency of about 200 into the grooves. it is advisable for the disassemble. In the case of thrust ball bearings. 11. shoulder diameter da should be greater than the pitch from excessive running friction and the probability of (b) are mainly intended to prevent oil leakage. 11.6 Examples of Flinger Configurations (a) (b) (c) (a) Axial Labyrinth (b) Radial Labyrinth (c) Labyrinth for Self-Aligning Shaft Fig.6 (a). supported by the shaft and housing shoulder (Fig.4 The effectiveness of oil groove seals is obtained by means of the small gap between the shaft and housing Under 50 0. Various sealing devices that do not contact the shaft.5 housing bore and shaft surface (Fig. 5 Labyrinth Seal Gaps be obtained with such seals because of their close Oil-Groove Type Seals running clearance. water and other harmful contaminants on the shaft.

this type of seal is used only synthetic rubber seals depending on the application.05 mm.4 50% of the limiting speed. unless there is an oil The approximate level of contact surface finish required contact surfaces. Felt seals are not physical contact between the shaft and seal. synthetic resin. etc.8 of Oil Seal (1) Tetrafluoride Ethylene Resin Under 15 – 50 to +220 depends on the housing design and free space. but it is shortened if the viscosity of the oil Speed Limiting speed is 65% Higher limiting speed. and surface. and seizure. urea-based grease will cause fluorine- based material to deteriorate. Oil seals with synthetic rubber lips are most low aniline point mineral oil. The effects of lubrication may be briefly bearing performance can be achieved by adopting B 2402) on the basis of type and size.8 Example of Application containes Rubber Under 32 – 30 to +200 The quantity of grease to be packed in a housing Fig. Since many permitted under favorable conditions are listed in Table explained as follows: the lubricating method which is most suitable for the oil seals are equipped with circumferential springs to 11. maintain adequate contact force.2 Contact Type Seals seals are installed. However.2. The maximum allowable made higher than HRC40 by means of heat treatment areas. of Contact Surfaces Sufficient grease must be packed inside the bearing including the cage guide face. grease characteristics. It is also desirable for the lubricant (2) Felt Seals for grease lubrication. 1 Comparison of Grease and Oil Lubrication operating temperature for each material increases in or hard chrome plating in order to gain abrasion (2) Extension of Fatigue Life this same order. 11 . is prevented by an oil film given in Table 12. require only a small amount of Table 11.02 to 0. For Note (1) The upper limit of the temperature range may be example. proper countermeasures. some for several shaft circumferential surface speeds is fatigue life. Also. The quantity of grease for ordinary bearings is Surface Speeds and Finish determined as follows. which surfaces. 1/3 to 1/2 of the space … When the speed is more than Over 10 0. wear. the contact Direct metallic contact between the bearing rings. (1) Grease Quantity Fig. If possible. film between the seal lip and shaft. and ambient temperature. 11. is too low so the film thickness is insufficient. etc. nitrile. lubricant should be applied to the seal lip when the given in Table 11. and fluorine. the viscosity and film thickness between the rolling Housing Structure and Simple May be complex. grease lubrication allows a simpler structure around the some degree. 7 Shaft Circumferential grease. Table 12. oil seals can follow When oil seals are used at high circumferential surface (1) Reduction of Friction and Wear In general. primarily to prevent dust and The effectiveness of contact seals is achieved by the inside the housing to spread a little between the sliding Felt seals are one of the simplest and most common other foreign matter from entering. frequently used. DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS 11.and unavoidable if oil is used.3. Satisfactory In Japan. silicone. 1 1.indd 104-105 11/20/13 4:52:21 PM . to 80% of that with oil lubrication. 11. grease will cause acrylic rubber material to swell.9) seals is restricted by the lip material. since oil permeation and leakage are 4 m/sec. however. a hardness of more than HRC The rolling fatigue life of bearings depends greatly upon Item Grease Lubrication Oil Lubrication Synthetic rubber oil seals may cause trouble such as 55 is recommended.8 and eccentricity. components of a bearing. However. Seal Materials Circumferential Temperature corrosion or rusting.1 Purposes of Lubrication 12. silicon-based oil will cause silicone-based material to swell. The temperature range for oil The main purposes of lubrication are to reduce friction The various lubricating methods are first divided 11. therefore. oil offers superior lubrication. A heavy film thickness prolongs the Sealing Method maintenance required.6. Fig. silicone-based grease. water. etc. Tetrafluoride The hardness of the shaft's contact surface should be which reduces the friction and wear in the contact ethylene is also used. the non-uniform rotational movement of a shaft to speed or under high internal pressure. surface of the shaft must be smoothly finished and the rolling elements and cage. particular application and operating condition. Therefore. 6 Permissible Circumferential Surface Speeds (4) Others and Temperature Range for Oil Seals Removal of Foreign Removal of particles Easy Adequate lubrication also helps to prevent foreign Matter from grese is Permissible Operating material from entering the bearings and guards against impossible. tools.8 1/2 to 2/3 of the space … When the speed is less than 5 to 10 0. such oil seals are standardized (Refer to JIS circumferential surface speeds and temperature failure.9 Example of Application Fig. which are the basic bearings. it is preferable to replace them with felt. External Surroundings seldom Often leaks without Speeds(m/sec) Range( °C)(1) Contamination due to contaminated by leakage. Replacement Table 11. temperature.2 Lubricating Methods other foreign matter from entering (Figs. Careful overheating. A comparison of grease and oil lubrication is Seal lip materials are usually synthetic rubber including shaft eccentricity should be less than 0. Moreover. please be aware that ester-based seals being used for transmission shafts. The available space Circumferential Surface Surface Finish Speeds(m/s) Ra (µm) inside the housing to be packed with grease depends on the speed as follows: Under 5 0. frictional heat or heat transferred from the outside to Fluidity Poor Good prevent the bearing from overheating and the oil from Full Lubricant Sometimes difficult Easy deteriorating. where the accuracy may be impaired by a small temperature rise. the bearings for the main shafts of machine raised about 20 °C for operation for short intervais. 11.2 50% of the limiting speed. resistance.1. the finish of the shaft from leaking out as well as to prevent dust.1 Grease Lubrication Fluorine. liquid to be sealed. (1) Oil Seals The permissible circumferential speed for oil seals 12. suitable for circumferential surface speeds exceeding may be made of synthetic rubber. acrylate. LUBRICATION Many types of oil seals are used to prevent lubricant varies depending on the type. shaft 12. Synthetic Acrylic Rubber Under 25 – 15 to +130 Rubber Silicone Rubber Under 32 – 70 to +200 12.9 of Oil Seal (2) A 104 A 105 A100-125E. Leakage Not suitable if external Nitrile Rubber Under 16 – 25 to +100 contamination must be avoided.7. Approximate and wear inside the bearings that may cause premature into either grease or oil lubrication. (3) Dissipation of Frictional Heat and Cooling Cooling Effect Poor Heat transter is possible Circulation lubrication may be used to carry away using forced oil circulation.

· Grease Nmax : Limiting speed with grease lubrication Notes (2) Synthetic-oil base greases are usable over A a wide temperature range of around – 40 In case of ball bearings especially. LUBRICATION (2) Replacement of Grease the discharge side is made larger than the partitioned (4) Grease Life of Sealed Ball Bearings (b) Operating Temperature.3: or replaced.25 Nmax Nmax If P/C exceeds 0.5 1 0. once packed.2 (3). assume = 0. Spherical Roller Bearings n/N max Fig. 12.2 (1) and log t = 6. 12.12. high-quality lithium soap.6 Nmax ( – 0.2.2 Grease Replenishment Intervals A 107 A100-125E.4 0. In such cases. bearing tables) synthetic oil grease may extend about two times of T : Operating temperature °C 12.25. the housing space on the grease and (2) apply for the condition of high-quality lithium (c) Bearing Loads soap-mineral oil grease. (h) base grease) which are often used over a for every 15°C temperature rise of the bearings. Cylindrical Roller Bearings (2) Tapered Roller Bearings.) (a) Speed. it is advisable to consult NSK. ball bearings. 12. n n (2) Drip-Feed Lubrication Fig.3 0.A max The replenishing time interval depends on the Fig.3 apply under (1) Oil Bath Lubrication the temperature of the bearings is less than 70°C. 12. usually need not be replenished side so it can retain the old grease.8 0. If a grease valve is not used. Figs.1 Combination of Partitioned Grease magnitude of the bearing load. there is n n replacement.006 Nmax T ) basic load rating C r. n n The bearing loads should be about 1/10 or less of the supply side can be divided into several sections with partitions. 12.012 Nmax T ) 70 °C≤T≤130 °C replenishment and discharge ports at appropriate (2) show the replenishment time intervals for various ……………………(12. passes through the bearings and old grease forced · Temperature ……………………(12. It is desirable to provide It is advisable to consult NSK.025 – 0.16.9 1 (1) Radial Ball Bearings.4) A. the replenishing (min–1) time interval can be extended depending on used (values for ZZ and VV types listed in the to 130 °C. bearing temperature of 70°C.2 (1).16 Fig. The grease on the partitioned side gradually and normal load (P/C=0. tf 8 000 6 000 3 000 10 000 5 000 d= d= Average grease life. The oil level should be at the center soap-synthetic oil grease is appropriate.5 0.4 Oil Bath Lubrication Fig. The oil drip Cylindrical Roller Bearings rate is controlled with the screw in the top. grease type.45 A 106 Fig. when <0. oil is stored in a visible oiler.1). the grease life may be estimated using 70 °C≤T≤110 °C conditions. grease should be frequently replenished Equation (12.2) from the bearing is discharged through a grease valve If the bearing temperature exceeds 70 °C.5.12. periodic replenishment is required. log t = 6.1) or (12. 12.5 Drip Feed (3) Load factor P/C ≤0.3 Grease Life of Sealed Ball Bearings Fig. For example.65 0.2 Oil Lubrication replenishing time interval shown in Fig. for severe operating periodically by removing the cover. however. Drip feed lubrication is widely used for small ball bearings operated at relatively high speeds. the the following conditions: Oil bath lubrication is a widely used with low or usage of lithium soap-mineral oil grease or lithium medium speeds. tf Grease Replenishment Interval.1) and (12. lithium soap (Fig. If Equations (12. 12. Figs 12.5 Lubrication Load factor 1. As shown Radial Ball Bearings in Fig. t 20 20 000 1 8 000 4 000 2 000 0 6 000 3 000 T=7 40 50 T= 30 0 3 0 40 20 5 000 7 60 7 10 000 0 80 80 100 4 000 2 000 80 120 14 0 1 000 50 60 90 160 2 70 8 90 10 1 0 3 000 800 100 240 280 140 1 5 000 100 0 20 340 420 180 220 110 0 600 0 500 260 300 0 2 000 1 000 500 3 000 120 60 110 800 400 130 2 000 600 300 1 000 500 800 400 200 1 000 600 300 500 400 200 100 200 300 400 600 800 1 000 2 000 4 000 6 000 10 000 20 000 100 200 300 400 600 1 000 2 000 4 000 6 000 10 000 Speed n min–1 Speed n min–1 200 0. n of the lowest rolling element.indd 106-107 11/20/13 4:52:22 PM . the bearing housing should